UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON,

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

¨For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

Commission File Numberfile number: 001-38686

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

Utz Brands, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Cayman Islands
Delaware001-3868698-142527485-2751850
(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)
(Commission
File Number)
(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor

New York, New York 10166

900 High Street
Hanover, PA17331
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(212) 355-5515

Not Applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 (717) 637-6644

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Units, each consisting of one share of Class Aordinary shares and one-third of one Warrant to purchase one share of Class Aordinary sharesNew York Common Stock, Exchange
Class Aordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per shareUTZNew York Stock Exchange

Warrants, exercisable for one share of Class Aordinary shares for $11.50 per share

New York Stock Exchange


Securities registered pursuant to Sectionsection 12(g) of the Act:

None

.


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ¨ No x


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes ¨ No x


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x






1



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer¨Accelerated filer¨
Non-accelerated filerxSmaller reporting companyx
Emerging growth companyx


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. x

Indicated by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery periods pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No ¨

As of December 31, 2018, the


The aggregate market value of the Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock held by non-affiliates was $1,103.0 million, as of the registrant was $424,600,000 (based on the closing sales price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2018 of $9.65).

July 2, 2023.


As of March 28, 2019,44,000,000February 27, 2024, 81,406,827 Class A ordinary shares,Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 11,875,00059,349,000 Class B ordinary shares,V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, were issued and outstanding, respectively.

outstanding.


Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s 2024 annual meeting (the "2024 Proxy Statement"), to be filed within 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference into the Annual Report, the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be filed as part hereof.
INTRODUCTORY NOTE
On August 28, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), Utz Brands, Inc. (formerly Collier Creek Holdings) ("the Company”), consummated a business combination (the “Business Combination”) with Utz Brands Holdings, LLC (“UBH”) pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020 (the "Business Combination Agreement”), entered into by and among the Company, UBH, and Series U of UM Partners, LLC (“Series U”) and Series R of UM Partners, LLC ("Series R” and together with Series U, the “Continuing Members”). Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, the Company domesticated into the State of Delaware from the Cayman Islands by filing a Certificate of Domestication and Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, upon which the Company changed its name to "Utz Brands, Inc.” and effected the Business Combination.
At the Closing, the Company (i) acquired certain common and preferred interests of the Continuing Members from third party members, and the Continuing Members then redeemed such common and preferred interests for, and the Company received, an equivalent value of common limited liability company units of UBH (“Common Company Unit”), (ii) contributed cash in exchange for additional common limited liability company units of UBH, and (iii) purchased additional common limited liability company units and 100% of the managing interests of UBH from the Continuing Members. As part of the Business Combination, the Continuing Members (a) received certain cash consideration for the common limited liability company units that they sold to the Company, (b) received such number of shares of newly issued non-economic Class V Common Stock in the Company equal to the common limited liability company units that the Continuing Members retained in UBH, and a unit of limited liability company units of UBH and a share of Class V Common Stock are exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company, (c) received certain restricted common limited liability company units in UBH that would be vested under certain market conditions, which vested as of the Closing, and (d) entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement ("TRA”) that requires the Company to pay to the Continuing Members 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in United States (U.S.) federal and state income tax determined based on certain attributes as defined in the TRA.
2




COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PageTable of Contents
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSiii
Page
Part I
Item 1.
PART I
Item 1.Business1
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PARTPart II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
PART III
Part III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PARTPart IV75
Item 15.
Item 16.

i104

3

CERTAIN TERMS

Unless otherwise stated in




CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for the Company’s business. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to:
The financial position, capital structure, indebtedness, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations;
The benefits of the Company's acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions;
The likelihood of the Company completing contemplated acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions;
The future performance of, and anticipated financial impact on, the Company;
Expansion plans and opportunities;
Cost savings plans and network optimization strategies;
Transformation of the Company’s supply chain; and
Other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” "forecast,” "intend,” "expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” "target” or similar expressions.
These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”), references to:

·“we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to Collier Creek Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

·“amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” are to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association;

·“Companies Law” refers to the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

·“forward purchase agreements” are to agreements providing for the sale of Class A ordinary shares and warrants to our sponsor and our independent directors in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination;

·“forward purchase securities” are to the forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants;

·“forward purchase shares” are to Class A ordinary shares to be issued to our sponsor and our independent directors pursuant to the forward purchase agreements;

·“forward purchase warrants” are to warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares to be issued to our sponsor and independent directors pursuant to the forward purchase agreements;

·“founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially issued to our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial public offering and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination as described herein (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

·“initial shareholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering;

·“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors;

·“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

·“private placement warrants” are to the warrants that were issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering and to be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any;

·“public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);

·“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial shareholders and management team to the extent our initial shareholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial shareholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares; and

·“sponsor” are to Collier Creek Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is controlled by our founders Chinh E. Chu, Roger K. Deromedi and Jason K. Giordano, and is owned by our founders as well as certain individuals with longstanding relationships with our founders.

ii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this Annual report may include, for example, statements about:

·our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

·our ability to complete our initial business combination;

·our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business;

·our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

·our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

·the proceeds of the forward purchase securities being available to us;

·our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

·our pool of prospective target businesses;

·the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

·our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

·the lack of a market for our securities;

·the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

·the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

·our financial performance following our initial public offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are based on ourCompany management’s current expectations, forecasts and beliefs concerning future developmentsassumptions, and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of judgments, known and unknown risks and uncertainties, (someand other factors, many of which are beyond our control)outside the control of the Company and its directors, officers and affiliates. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update, add or other assumptionsto otherwise correct any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events, inaccuracies that become apparent after the date hereof or otherwise, except as may cause actualbe required under applicable securities laws.

As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the Company’s results or performance tomay be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. TheseSome factors that could cause actual results to differ are set forth under the heading "Risk Factor Summary” below and those described under Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
The Company’s business involves significant risks and uncertainties include,that make an investment in it speculative and risky.The following is a summary list of the principal risk factors that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.These are not the only risks and uncertainties the Company faces, and you should carefully review and consider the full discussion of the Company’s risk factors in the section titled “Risk Factors”, together with the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our gross profit margins may be impacted by a variety of factors, including but are not limited to thosevariations in raw materials pricing, retail customer ordering patterns, requirements and mix, sales velocities and required promotional support.
Consumers’ loyalty to our brands may change due to factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should onebeyond our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences and tastes or moreif we are unable to innovate or market our products effectively.
Price reductions implemented by our competitors may negatively impact our sales and shelf space, and may require us to similarly reduce costs or expend additional resources to remain competitive.
4



Fluctuations in our results of these risksoperations from quarter to quarter because of changes in our promotional activities may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on, our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our reputation or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whetherbrand image might be impacted as a result of new information, future eventsissues or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

iii

PART I

Item 1. Business

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report as our initial business combination.

We seek to capitalize on the more than 80 years of combined experience of our founders Roger K. Deromedi, Jason K. Giordano and Chinh E. Chu. Our founders have known and had business relationships with one another for over 10 years. We believe our founders’ distinctive and complementary backgrounds can have a transformative impact on a target business. Although we may pursue targets in any industry, we intend to focus our search for a business combination target on businesses that complement our management team’s experience acquiring and operating businesses in the consumer goods industry and related sectors. Our founders intend to focus our efforts on companies where we believe the combination of our founders’ operating experience, deal-making track record, professional relationships, and capital markets expertise can be catalysts to enhance the growth potential and value of a target business and provide opportunities for an attractive return to our shareholders.

Our Founders

Our founder Roger K. Deromedi has over 40 years of operational experience in the consumer goods sector, overseeing multiple businesses and iconic consumer brands. Most recently, Mr. Deromedi was Independent Chairman and Lead Director of Pinnacle Foods, Inc., or Pinnacle Foods (NYSE: PF), a manufacturer and marketer of consumer branded food products whose key brands includeBirds Eye,Duncan Hines, Vlasic, Wishbone,Aunt Jemima,Mrs. Butterworth,Log Cabin,Udi’s,Glutino andGardein, among others. Mr. Deromedi served as either Independent or Non-Executive Chairman of Pinnacle Foods from 2009 to 2018, including through its initial public offering in 2013, and served as its Executive Chairman from 2007 to 2009. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Deromedi was an Executive Advisor for The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, in the consumer goods sector and was an independent advisor to Blackstone from 2007 to 2013, including advising Blackstone on its purchase of Pinnacle Foods in 2007. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Deromedi was Chief Executive Officer of Kraft Foods, Inc., or Kraft, at the time one of the world’s largest food companies, with iconic brands such asKraft,Maxwell House,Nabisco,Oscar Mayer andPhiladelphia. During this time, he integrated Kraft’s separate North American and International businesses. Prior to this, he was Co-Chief Executive Officer of Kraft from 2001 to 2003 during which time there was an initial public offering of the company in 2001, raising approximately $8.7 billion in gross proceeds. Mr. Deromedi was previously President of Kraft Foods International, President of the company’s Asia Pacific business and President of Kraft’s Western European business, based in Zurich. He also served as Area Director of the company’s business in France, Iberia and Benelux, based in Paris, and was General Manager of Kraft’s cheese and specialty products businesses in the United States. He began his career with General Foods, Kraft’s predecessor company, in 1977 where he held various marketing positions. Mr. Deromedi previously served on the board of directors of Pinnacle Foods, Kraft and The Gillette Company, Inc.

Our founder Jason K. Giordano has over 15 years of investment and acquisition experience, with a focus in consumer goods and related sectors. Mr. Giordano has been a Senior Managing Director at CC Capital Partners LLC, or CC Capital, since November 2018. Previously, Mr. Giordano was a Managing Director in the private equity group at Blackstone where he oversaw investments in the consumer, education, packaging and chemicals sectors. During his over 11 year tenure at Blackstone from 2006 to 2017, Mr. Giordano was involved in 12 initial and follow-on acquisitions representing over $10 billion of transaction value, including several investments in consumer, retail and related businesses. Prior to Blackstone, Mr. Giordano was a private equity investment professional at Bain Capital, LP and an investment banker with Goldman, Sachs, & Co. Mr. Giordano has served on the board of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Pinnacle Foods, Inc., a U.S.-based manufacturer and marketer of branded food products, Crocs, Inc. (Nasdaq: CROX), a global supplier of branded footwear, AVINTIV Inc., or AVINTIV, a global supplier of specialty materials primarily sold to consumer goods manufacturers, Outerstuff LLC, a leading U.S. supplier of licensed children’s sports apparel, and Ascend Learning, LLC, a provider of online professional training tools and educational software. He also served as a board advisor to Trilliant Food & Nutrition LLC, a manufacturer of private label food and beverage products.

1

Our founder Chinh E. Chu has over 25 years of investment and acquisition experience. In 2016, Mr. Chu co-founded CF Corporation for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. On November 30, 2017, CF Corporation consummated the acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a provider of annuities and life insurance products (the “FGL business combination”). In connection with the FGL business combination, the name of the company was changed from “CF Corporation” to “FGL Holdings” (NYSE: FG). Mr. Chu serves as Co-Executive Chairman of FGL Holdings. Mr. Chu is also the Founder and the Managing Partner of CC Capital, a private investment firm. Mr. Chu was previously a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone, where he was the longest tenured partner other than Stephen A. Schwartzman. During the period from 1990 to 2015, Mr. Chu led numerous investments across multiple sectors, including technology, financial services, chemicals, specialty pharma and healthcare products, and packaging. Mr. Chu also served, at various points, as the Co-Chair of Blackstone’s Private Equity Executive Committee, a member of Blackstone Capital Partners’ Investment Committee and a member of Blackstone’s Executive Committee. Mr. Chu currently serves as a director of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, FGL Holdings, NCR Corporation (NYSE: NCR) and Stearns Mortgage and has previously served as a director of various companies including AVINTIV, Graham Packaging, Kronos Incorporated, SunGard Data Systems, Inc., the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange, BankUnited Inc., Celanese Corporation, Nalco Company, Nycomed, Stiefel Laboratories and AlliedBarton Security Services.

Our founders have known or worked together for over 10 years. From 2006 to 2015, our founders worked with one another as private equity investment professionals or advisors to Blackstone, evaluating numerous investment opportunities and serving together on boards of directors. Mr. Deromedi served as either Executive Chairman or Chairman of the board of directors of Pinnacle Foods from 2007 to 2018, where Mr. Giordano served as a director from 2007 to 2015. During Mr. Deromedi’s tenure, Pinnacle Foods reported that its Adjusted EBITDA nearly tripled from 2007 to 2017 as net income (loss) grew from $(115.4) million to $532.2 million, while Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales expanded by over 600 basis points over the same period. Over that time, Pinnacle Foods acquired and successfully integrated multiple businesses including Birds Eye Foods, Wishbone, Gardein and Boulder Brands, consistently meeting or exceeding synergy targets. From its initial public offering in March 2013 to its sale to ConAgra Foods in October 2018, the share price of Pinnacle Foods’s common stock increased by 233.3% (as of October 23, 2018), representing a 24.1% annualized return, or approximately 6.1x the increase in the S&P 500 Consumer Staples index and 3.2x the increase in the S&P 500 index over the same time period. Mr. Chu and Mr. Giordano also served together on the board of directors of AVINTIV. AVINTIV (f/k/a Polymer Group, Inc.) is a manufacturer of specialty materials primarily sold to consumer goods companies for various applications, including baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, disinfecting or facial wipes, and other applications. From 2011 to 2015, AVINTIV successfully acquired and integrated three complementary businesses that expanded its geographic reach and product offering. AVINTIV was acquired by Blackstone in 2011 for approximately $850 million and sold to a strategic buyer in 2015 for approximately $2.45 billion.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial business combination with a company that complements the experiences and skills of our management team and can benefit from their operational expertise. Our selection process leverages our founders’ broad and deep relationship network, unique industry experiences and proven deal sourcing capabilities to access a broad spectrum of differentiated opportunities. This network has been developed through our founders’ extensive experience and demonstrated success in both investing in and operating businesses in our target sectors and across a variety of industries, including:

·a track record of successfully identifying, acquiring, and growing companies and ability to deliver shareholder value over an extended time period with above-market-average investment returns;

·experience deploying a proven value creation toolkit including recruiting world-class talent, identifying value enhancements, delivering operating efficiencies and successfully integrating strategic acquisitions;

2

·an extensive history of accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership; and

·significant experience with public company governance, with our founders having served in key roles on numerous public company boards.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive business combination opportunities with a compelling industry backdrop and an opportunity for transformational growth. Our founders’ objectives are to generate attractive returns for shareholders and enhance value through improving operational performance of the acquired company. We intend to favor opportunities with certain industry and business characteristics. Key industry characteristics include stable long-term growth trends and industry fundamentals, attractive competitive dynamics, opportunities to benefit from secular changes in consumer behavior (including shifting consumer demographics, changing consumer shopping behaviors and evolving consumer preferences), limited “fad” or technological disruption risks and potential consolidation opportunities. Key business characteristics include predictable and recurring revenues, attractive market positions and competitive advantages, strong operating margins and free cash flow characteristics, opportunities for operational improvement and scalable business models.

Our sponsor and our independent directors have agreed to make an aggregate investment of $35,000,000 in us at the time of our initial business combination. We entered into forward purchase agreements with our sponsor and our independent directors which provide for the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. These purchases will be made regardless of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders. The forward purchase securities will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial business combination. The proceeds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We seek to acquire companies that we believe:

·are fundamentally sound but are underperforming their potential;

·exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics that we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace;

·are at an inflection point where we believe we can drive improved financial performance;

·offer opportunities to enhance financial performance through organic initiatives and/or inorganic growth opportunities that we identify in our analysis and due diligence;

·can benefit from our founders’ knowledge of the target sectors, proven collection of operational strategies and tools, and past experiences in profitably and rapidly scaling businesses;

·are valued attractively relative to their existing cash flows and potential for operational improvement; and

·offer an attractive potential return for our shareholders, weighing potential growth opportunities and operational improvements in the target business against any identified downside risks.

3

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluationconcerns relating to the meritsquality and safety of a particular initial business combinationour products, ingredients or packaging, processing techniques, and other environmental, social or governance matters, which in turn could negatively impact our operating results.

If our products become adulterated or are mislabeled, we might need to recall those items, and we may be based,experience product liability claims and damage to the extent relevant, on these general guidelinesour reputation.
Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising, and product or packaging damages, as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this Annual Report, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materialsundelivered or tender offer documents that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we intend to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews and inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and our independent directors directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants as well as entered into agreements to purchase forward purchase securities and, accordingly,unsold food products may have a conflict of interestsignificant impact on our operating results and may disrupt our customer relationships.

We operate in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business withthe highly competitive snack food industry, which may reduce our ability to effectuatesell our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respectproducts to our initialcustomers or consumers if we are unable to compete effectively.
We face competition in our business combination.

Each offrom private label, generic or store branded products which may result in price point pressures, leading to decreased demand for our officers and directors presently has, and any of themproducts.

Changes in retail distribution arrangements can result in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligationsloss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products, causing our sales to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. fall.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and it is an opportunity that we are able to completedirect-to-warehouse (“DTW”) delivery network system relies on a reasonable basis. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligationssignificant number of our officers or directors will materiallybrokers, wholesalers and logistics companies. Such reliance could affect our ability to complete our initialeffectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business combination.

In addition, our sponsorinto other geographic markets.

Our direct-store-delivery ("DSD") network system and our officersregional third-party distributor network relies on a significant number of independent operators and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Anythird-party distributors, and such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materiallyreliance could affect our ability to complete our initialeffectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business combination.

We previously filed a registration statement on Form 8-A withinto other geographic markets.

A disruption in the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12operation of the Securities Exchange ActDSD network, regional third-party distributor network or DTW system could negatively affect our results of 1934,operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The evolution of e-commerce sales channels may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The rapid expansion of hard discounters may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Disruption to our manufacturing operations, supply chain or distribution channels could impair our ability to produce or deliver finished products and negatively impact our operating results.
Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by input cost inflation.
Our results could be adversely impacted as amended, a result of increased labor and employee-related expenses.
A continued shortage of qualified labor could negatively affect our business and materially reduce earnings.
The loss of, or a significant reduction in sales to, any key customer can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected by increased costs, disruption of supply or shortages of raw materials, energy, water and other supplies.
Pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks may change or disrupt consumption and trade patterns, supply chains, and production processes, which could materially affect our operations and results of operations.
Labor costs and logistical costs are increasing in the current economic climate, which has adversely affected our business operations and results of operations. These rising costs, as well as any increase in commodity costs, may adversely affect our business operations and results of operations in the future. Our efforts to raise prices may not be successful at offsetting these cost increases and may have other adverse effects.
5



Our financial position may be adversely affected by an unexpected event carrying an insurance obligation for which we have inadequate coverage.
Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.
As a food manufacturing company, all of our products must be compliant with regulations byvarious governmental authorities, the laws of the various states and localities where we operate and sell products, and a number of our products rely on independent certification from regulatory agencies to label our products adequately and in compliance with laws and regulations.Any non-compliance with regulations or certification could harm our business.
Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by the availability of organic ingredients.
Potential liabilities and costs from litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries or investigations can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions.
The geographic concentration of our markets may adversely impact us if we are unable to effectively diversify the markets in which we participate.
We may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.
We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy, including without limitation, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products, enhancing our brand recognition, and introducing new products and product extensions, in each case in a cost-effective manner, on a timely basis, or at all.
Risks Related to the Ownership of our Securities
Resales of shares of our Class A Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
We are a holding company and our only material asset is our interest in UBH, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions made by our subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the TRA and pay dividends.
Pursuant to the TRA, we are required to pay to Continuing Members and/or the Exchange Act. Asexchanging holders of Common Company Units, as applicable, 85% of the tax savings that we realized as a result we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

4

Significant activities since inception

On October 10, 2018, the company consummated the initial public offering of 44,000,000 units, including the issuance of 4,000,000 unitsincreases in tax basis in UBH’s assets as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercisesale of their over-allotment option, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $440 million,Common Company Units for the cash consideration in the Business Combination, the purchase and incurring offering costs of approximately $25.02 million, inclusive of $15.45 million in deferred legal fees and underwriting commissions.

Simultaneously with the closingredemption of the initial public offering,common units and preferred units by the company consummatedContinuing Members and the private placementfuture exchange of 7,200,000 private placement warrants at a pricethe Common Company Units for shares of $1.50 per warrantClass A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the sponsor, generating gross proceedsThird Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement and certain other tax attributes of $10.8 million.

UponUBH and tax benefits related to entering into the closing of the initial public offering and the private placement, $440 million ($10.00 per unit) of the net proceeds of the sale of the units in the initial public offering and the private placement was placed in a trust account and was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the trust account as described below.

Our units began trading on October 5, 2018 on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)TRA, making payments under the symbol “CCH.U.” Commencing on November 26, 2018,TRA, and those payments may be substantial.

Delaware law, the securities comprisingCertificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the units began separate trading. The ordinary sharesability of stockholders to take certain actions and warrants are trading on the NYSE under the symbols “CCH” and “CCH WS,” respectively.

Initial Business Combination

The rules of the NYSE requirecould delay or discourage takeover attempts that we must consummate an initial business combination with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the timestockholders may consider favorable.

Certain of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market valuesignificant stockholders and Utz Brands Holdings members whose interests may differ from those of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make such independent determination of fair market value, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board of directors determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. As any such opinion, if obtained, would only state that the fair market value meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of the target or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required by Schedule 14A of the Exchange Act, any proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we will file with the SEC in connection with our initial business combination will include such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

5

Target Industry Overview

We intend to focus our search for a business combination target in the consumer goods industry and related sectors. We believe these areas represent attractive segments of the economy in which to execute an initial business combination and generate attractive returns for our shareholders.

We believe there are numerous founder- and privately-owned businesses in these sectors that could benefit from our active ownership, operating model and capital to scale their businesses. We also believe that there may be opportunities to effectuate corporate carve-outs of non-core businesses that could benefit from increased attention and investment under our ownership. We believe this opportunity is enhanced by recent consolidation in the sector (which could fuel corporate divestures and portfolio rationalization) and recent reductions to federal corporate tax rates (which may increase net proceeds to corporate sellers). We believe we represent an attractive business combination alternative to owners in our target sectors given (a) the significant demand for equities by public market investors who understand these sectors and often value the perceived stability and cash flow generation of consumer and related assets, (b) the potential for well-run, diversified and scaled businesses to trade at a premium relative to potential private transaction values for smaller consumer and related assets and (c) our potential to add significant value to target businesses through our management team’s experience and operational strategies. We also believe consumer goods and related sectors may present attractive returns for investors during this stage in the economic cycle as our experience has shown that numerous sub-segments, such as consumer staples, have historically exhibited limited cyclicality and resilience to economic recessions.

Although we expect the consumer goods industry and related sectors to offer an array of potential target businesses with relatively stable and recurring cash flows, the sector is undergoing a number of fundamental changes which we believe will impact relative growth rates and performance going forward. These changes include shifting consumer demographics (including an increase in ethnic diversity, the aging of baby boomers, and the transition of millennials into prime spending years), changing consumer shopping behaviors (including the increased use of technology by consumers to research and purchase consumer goods and by brand owners to cost-effectively communicate with consumers) and evolving consumer preferences (including an increased focus on health and wellness, an expanding appeal for customized, authentic or local products, a growing focus on social responsibility, a shift of consumer spending toward experiences and the bifurcation of spending into premium and value purchases). The retail segment is also experiencing significant change, including disruption of substantial portions of the industry by technology and direct-to-consumer distribution models.

We intend to focus our search for a business combination target on fundamentally sound businesses that we believe have a competitive advantage, can be industry leaders, can scale rapidly, can capitalize on one or more of the above trends, and where there is substantial opportunity for operational improvements. We intend to avoid target businesses experiencing or at significant risk of experiencing material disruption to their businesses from technology, shifting consumer preferences or other factors.

Operating Model

We intend to focus our search for a business combination target on businesses that can benefit from the industry knowledge and operational experience of our management team and where we believe there are opportunities for operational improvements. We believe we can generate attractive returns for our investors in relatively stable industry sub-sectors through implementation of our operational strategies focused on enhancing organic growth, realizing supply chain efficiencies and streamlining costs and pursuing strategic acquisitions that enhance the overall business profile and offer significant synergy opportunities. Our strategies to enhance organic growth may include accelerating revenues of existing products through innovation, sales enhancements, improving returns on marketing investments, optimizing promotional spending, or other process improvements. They may also include expanding revenues via new product offerings or expansion into new channels of distribution or geographic areas. Our strategies to realize supply chain efficiencies and streamline costs may include implementation of company-wide productivity programs (including “LEAN” or similar initiatives), investments in technology or equipment, optimization of procurement (including through e-auctions and other tools), reducing distribution costs (including through use of technology and software tools), and refinements to organizational structure, reporting layers, spans of control and other variables. We also intend to evaluate strategic follow-on acquisitions that may accelerate our revenue growth, enhance our market position or generate meaningful cost synergies. We believe the effective implementation of the above strategies has the potential to meaningfully accelerate earnings growth of a target business. Our experience has shown such improved performance can also result in public market investors or potential acquirers valuing the company at a higher multiple of earnings or cash flows, further enhancing shareholder returns. While there can be no guarantees we will identify a target where each or any of these strategies is applicable or that we will effectively implement these strategies, we believe our management’s experience pursuing similar strategies will be attractive to potential sellers, management teams and our shareholders.

6

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to a traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our Class A ordinary shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A ordinary shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than a typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process can take a significantly longer period of time than a potential transaction with us, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s background makes us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a special purpose acquisition company, including our lack of an operating history and our potential need to seek shareholder approval of a proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of   (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

As of December 31, 2018, the net proceeds from our initial public offering, the private placement of warrants and the sale of the forward purchase securities provide us with approximately $460,779,187 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after payment of offering costs, including the $15,450,000 in deferred underwriting commissions and deferred legal fees). We offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

7

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our initial public offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering, the private placements of the private placement warrants and the forward purchase securities, our equity, debt or a combination of these or other sources as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account and the proceeds from the issuance of the forward purchase securities or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. Other than the forward purchase agreements, we are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

Our process of identifying acquisition targets leverages our management team’s unique industry experiences, proven deal sourcing capabilities and broad and deep network of relationships, including executives and management teams, private equity groups and other institutional investors, large business enterprises, lenders, investment bankers and other investment market participants, consultants, attorneys and accountants, which we believe should provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. The collective experience, capability and network of our founders, directors and officers, combined with their individual and collective reputations in the investment community, helps to create prospective business combination opportunities.

In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our final prospectus relating to our initial public offering and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions.

8

While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company (other than as outlined below) for services rendered prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, beginning with the consummation of our initial public offering, we will pay $10,000 per month to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team and our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Any such payments prior to our initial business combination will be made from funds held outside the trust account.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or from making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, we intend to conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

·subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and

·cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we will scrutinize closely the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

9

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that westockholders will have the ability to recruit additional managers,significantly influence our business and management.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if it becomes subject to any securities litigation or shareholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy and impact our stock price.
6



PART I
Item 1. Business
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or "our” refer to Utz Brands, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Our core geographies consist of Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Virginia, Vermont, West Virginia, and Washington (our “Core Geographies”), with the rest of the U.S. representing our Expansion geographies (our “Expansion Geographies”).
Overview
We are a leading United States manufacturer of branded salty snacks. We produce a broad offering of salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pork skins, veggie snacks, pub/party mixes, and other snacks. Our iconic portfolio of authentic, craft, and “better-for-you” (“BFY”) brands, which includes Utz, Zapp’s, On The Border, Golden Flake, and Boulder Canyon, among others, enjoys strong household penetration in the United States, where our products can be found in approximately half of U.S. households as of December 31, 2023. We are the second-largest producer of branded salty snacks in our Core Geographies as of December 31, 2023, based on retail sales and we have historically expanded our geographic/distribution reach and product portfolio organically and through acquisitions. Our company was founded in 1921 in Hanover, Pennsylvania, and benefits from more than 100 years of brand awareness and heritage in the salty snacks industry.
As of December 31, 2023, we operate 14 manufacturing facilities with a broad range of capabilities, and our products are distributed nationally to grocery, mass, club, convenience, drug and other retailers through direct shipments, distributors, and approximately 2,250 DSD routes.
Our business benefits from multiple opportunities to deliver attractive long-term profitable growth. Our value creation strategies are focused on driving productivity to enhance margins, reinvesting in marketing and innovation to accelerate revenue growth and continuing to make strategic acquisitions. We believe we are well-positioned for long-term growth as we (a) gained a significant amount of new buyers during 2020 and havecontinued to add even more buyers through 2023, (b) have significant opportunity in our Expansion Geographies and under-penetrated channels, (c) continue to execute productivity efforts that additional managers will help to fuel incremental marketing and innovation to accelerate growth in sales, (d) continue to make infrastructure improvements to enable us to continue to scale to greater heights, and (e) continue to make strategic acquisitions that deliver strong synergies and that enhance our competitive positioning. We believe each of these growth avenues represents a sizeable opportunity to expand our net sales. In addition, we further anticipate expanding our margins over the long term through supply chain productivity, revenue management, a higher-margin product mix, and higher margins on incremental sales as we leverage our scalable existing platform.
Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions
During fiscal year 2022, the Company focused on increasing manufacturing and streamlining distribution. In April 2022, the Company purchased a brand new, recently completed snack food manufacturing facility in Kings Mountain, North Carolina from Evans Food Group Ltd. d/b/a Benestar Brands and related affiliates. The Company paid the full cash purchase price of $38.4 million at the closing and concurrently with the facility purchase, the Company sold 2.1 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock for $28.0 million, to affiliates of Benestar in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. During fiscal year 2022, the Company bought out and terminated the contracts of multiple distributors who had previously been providing services to the Company. These transactions were accounted for as contract terminations and asset purchases and resulted in expense of $23.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023.
On February 5, 2024, the Company sold certain assets and brands to affiliates of Our Home™, an operating company of BFY brands (“Our Home”). Under the agreement, Our Home agreed to purchase the Good Health® and R.W. Garcia® brands, the Lincolnton, NC, and Lititz, PA manufacturing facilities and certain related assets, and assume the Company’s Las Vegas, NV facility lease and manufacturing operations (the “Our Home Transaction”).
In addition, the Company and Our Home will operate under a Transition Services Agreement for 12 months. The total consideration for the transactions is $182.5 million, subject to customary adjustments. In addition, post-closing, the parties will operate under reciprocal co-manufacturing agreements under which Our Home will co-manufacture certain of the Company's products and the Company will co-manufacture certain Good Health® products. Certain Good Health® products will continue to be distributed and sold on the Company's DSD network for Our Home.

7



Recent Developments
During 2023, we introduced our long-term growth strategy focusing on various initiatives. Our portfolio strategy is focused on accelerating investments in marketing and innovation to drive top-line growth and achieve share gains in the attractive Salty Snack category. We plan to further penetrate our Expansion Geographies and untapped channels and customers by further expanding our Power Brands in Expansion Geographies, as well as maintaining our share in our Core Geographies. We plan to transform our supply chain into a more cost-efficient and flexible system. As part of our long-term growth strategy, we intend to enhance our independent operator DSD system to further improve execution and generate higher returns and strengthen other organizational capabilities while driving out costs. Additionally, we intend to improve our balance sheet flexibility by accelerating cash generation and maintaining a disciplined capital allocation approach, which will reduce leverage while opportunistically pursuing acquisitions.
Brands
Our business is managed and reported in one operating segment. However, we strategically manage our portfolio of brands by segregating our sole operating segment into Power Brands and Foundation Brands. Power Brands, in aggregate, enjoy a combination of higher growth and margins, greater potential for value-added innovation, and enhanced responsiveness to consumer marketing as compared to Foundation Brands. As a result, we focus our investment spending and brand-building activities on Power Brands while managing Foundation Brands for cash flow generation to support investment in Power Brands and fund other corporate priorities. We assess the designation of brands as Power Brands or Foundation Brands and reclassify brands based on their alignment with the criteria above.
Our Power Brands are comprised of our flagship Utz brand and iconic On The Border® brand;craft brands such as Zapp’s®, Golden Flake® Pork Skins, TORTIYAHS!, and Hawaiian®; BFY brands such as Boulder Canyon®; strong regional snacking brands such as Bachman®, Tim’s Cascade® Snacks, and "Dirty" Potato Chips®; and selected licensed brands such as TGI Fridays®.
Our flagship Utz brand generated retail sales in excess of $850 million in 2023, representing an approximate 9.4% compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") (during 2020 through 2023) and making it one of the 10 largest salty snack brands in the United States by retail sales as of December 31, 2023. Recognized for its iconic logo featuring the “Little Utz Girl” since the 1920s, the Utz brand currently uses the slogan "Family Crafted Flavor Since 1921”. We sell a variety of salty snacks under the Utz brand, including potato chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pub/party mixes, and others.
Our On The Border brand ("OTB") is a national brand of tortilla chips, salsa and queso. OTB is the #2 unflavored tortilla chip brand as of December 31, 2023. The acquisition of OTB strengthened the national geographic footprint in our Expansion Geographies and enhanced our presence in the Mass and Club retail channels.
Our Boulder Canyon Power Brand anchors our position in the BFY category of salty snacking, which has been a high-growth category in recent years. Boulder Canyon offers a line of premium BFY potato chips, including those made with olive or avocado oils. In the Natural channel as defined by SPINS, LLC, Boulder Canyon is the #2 potato chip brand, growing 27% within the channel in 2023 and its “Canyon Cut” rippled avocado oil-based chip is the #1 selling salty snack item as of December 31, 2023.
Our Power Brands also include a number of our authentic craft brands including Zapp’s, Hawaiian, and Golden Flake pork skins. For example, Zapp’s offers a line of premium kettle-cooked potato chips with bold, authentic flavors steeped in its New Orleans roots, including “Voodoo,” “Hotter ‘N’ Hot Jalapeño,” “Spicy Cajun Crawtators,” and "Cajun Dill Gator-tators,” among others. Hawaiian is a premium kettle chip brand that evokes the feel of the Pacific islands, with exotic flavors like “Sweet Maui Onion,” "Luau BBQ,” "Mango Habanero,” and "Hulapeño.” Our Golden Flake brand, a part of Southern culture since 1923, has a full line of Southern-style pork skins with flavors like “Louisiana Hot Sauce” and "Sweet Heat Barbecue,” which offer great taste and crunch with low carbohydrates.
In fiscal year 2023, our Foundation Brands included strong regional snacking brands, such as Golden Flake® Chips and Cheese, Snyder of Berlin®, and R.W. Garcia®; and BFY brands such as Good Health®, as well as other partner and private label brands. On February 5, 2024, the Company sold the Good Health and R.W. Garcia Brands to Our Home. We have historically utilized the strong regional positions and relevance of our Foundation Brands to drive increased distribution for our Power Brands.
8



Products
We produce a broad range of salty snack foods, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, veggie snacks, pub/party mixes, pork skins, ready-to-eat popcorn, and other snacks which include salsa and dips. Our products are packaged in a variety of different sizes and configurations, ranging from individual packages to shareable bulk containers. We also sell certain third-party branded products through our distribution network.
We believe our ability to produce a wide range of products differentiates us from some of our competitors whose businesses focus on a particular product type because our broad product assortment enables us to gain greater distribution and shelf space with our customers. Our in-house production capabilities across a range of products also enable us to rapidly respond to evolving consumer needs and preferences and to better create new innovative products to delight consumers. We also believe that our diversified product portfolio results in more predictable and stable financial performance as we are not overly exposed to only one salty snack sub-category.
Product Innovation
New product innovation is critical in the salty snacks category because consumers both enjoy long-time favorites and like to experiment with new forms, flavors, textures, and ingredients. In particular, our brands have strong competitive positions across an assortment of popular salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pub/party mixes, veggie snacks, and pork skins. In particular, Zapp’s Sinfully Seasoned Pretzel Stix is proving to be a very successful innovation. Launched with two flavors in October 2022, Voodoo and Jazzy Honey Mustard, Zapp’s Pretzel Stix has reached $20 million in retail sales and become a top 10 pretzel brand in its first year. Voodoo flavored Zapp's Pretzel Stix was named “Best Pretzel Stix” in Self Magazine’s February 2023 Pantry Awards and “Best Pretzel” in People Magazines July 2023 Food Awards Edition, while Zapp’s Pretzel Stix was named “Best New Products” in 2023 Progressive Grocer Editors Picks. Strong repeat rates on the current line and the launch of two new on-trend flavors, Spicy Cajun and Sweet Cinnamon and Sugar in 2024 support continued strong momentum for Zapp’s Pretzel Stix. The Utz brand delivered flavor innovation on its core potato chips line with a very positive partnership with Mike’s Hot Honey. As a Summer Limited Time Offer (“LTO”), Utz Mike’s Hot Honey potato chip dollar sales performed five times higher than the previously best Utz LTO. Hot Honey is a winning combination of sweet/spicy and a go-to-flavor for potato chip consumers. Due to this success, Utz Mike’s Hot Honey Potato Chips were transitioned to an everyday item. Additionally, Mike’s Hot Honey will appear as a variety in a new line of flavored pretzels February 2024 called Utz Mixed Minis. On The Border Chips and Dip launched two successful LTOs with Sam’s Club including Creamy Salsa Verde and Southwest flavors. To capture incremental placement and purchase of On The Border Café, seasonal packaging was launched during key holidays in Summer, Holiday and in Football/Tailgate. We are taking advantage of consumers desire for convenient variety and multipacks with a portfolio of innovation such as the Utz 40 count Classic Snacks Variety Pack, On The Border 30 count Café Variety Pack club LTO, Hawaiian Island 18 count Variety Pack and the new line-up of 10 count multipacks offered in customer favorites such as Utz Original Ripples, Utz Party Mix and Utz Cheese Balls. In the BFY space, we continue to innovate. Boulder Canyon known for BFY oils, such as avocado oil, launched two successful LTOs under the Boulder Batch line, Spicy Green Chili, to take advantage of the hot & spicy trend that has now proven to be the #1 flavor in salty snacks, and a dill flavored kettle chip in partnership with Grillo’s Pickles, the fastest growing pickle brand.
Given our long-standing customer relationships, broad production capabilities, and scalable distribution platform, we plan to continue expanding our presence in certain salty snack sub-categories that we believe are highly synergistic to our existing business. We intend to continue to expand our presence in key salty snack sub-categories through a combination of line extensions of our existing brands, new brand introductions, licensing partnerships with established brands, and/or acquisitions. We believe our expanded presence across key salty snack sub-categories will enhance our competitive position with customers and allow us to leverage our existing manufacturing and distribution infrastructure.
As such, the level of new product innovation and the speed to market with these innovations are critical components of our business. Our innovation process begins with our marketing team, which understands our brands and consumers, and works collaboratively with our research & development and innovation leaders to identify new product opportunities that best suit our brand positions. We develop insights about unsatisfied consumer needs using our market research capabilities, and we track competitive product introductions to ensure appropriate responses. We also collaborate with third-party seasoning and flavor houses to understand the latest trends in consumer flavors and emerging consumer flavor preferences. Going forward, we intend to increase our investments in market research and other resources to generate more consumer insights and new product innovations.

9



We also utilize our flexible manufacturing and distribution platform to streamline the new product innovation process from idea conception through development and commercialization to market. The strategic location of our primary corporate office adjacent to our largest manufacturing plants facilitates strong coordination between our marketing, sales, research & development, and manufacturing professionals, leveraging the innovation experience of senior management and our in-house innovation leaders. Our broad in-house manufacturing capabilities across different product forms and packaging allow us to develop and commercialize new products quickly, and we have the requisite skills, knowledgemanufacturing flexibility to handle many types of ingredients, including on-trend BFY oils such as avocado and olive. Our DSD distribution system allows us to efficiently experiment with new products at retail stores driven by the ability to quickly place new items and collect immediate feedback on sell-through trends. Finally, given the importance of in-store presence, we are working with world-class design agency partners to implement new packaging, impactful point-of-sale materials, and retail-ready displays.
Marketing, Advertising, and Consumer Engagement
Our marketing strategy is focused on driving stronger consumer pull for, and building brand equity of, our Power Brands. We conduct marketing efforts through three principal sets of activities: (i) consumer marketing and advertising, including digital and eCommerce, social media, sponsorships, and other consumer promotions; (ii) consumer sales incentives including coupons and rebates; and (iii) trade promotions to support features, displays and other merchandising of our products by our customers. Historically we have relied more heavily on sponsorships, trade promotions, and in-store merchandising for consumer engagement; however, we are making shifts of spending into more consumer awareness and brand-building advertising. In fiscal year 2023, we spent approximately$12.3 million related to consumer marketing and advertising expenses and $29.8 million in cooperative advertising. Consistent with our value creation strategies, we intend to continue to increase our investments in digital and social consumer marketing and advertising focused on our Power Brands as well as continue to allocate our current mix of media spending toward activities with the highest return on investment. We will continue to expand our investments in digital and social media, including as part of our strategy to grow our eCommerce and retailer marketing investments. We believe these marketing strategies will drive long term net sales growth by increasing brand equity, supporting geographic expansion.
Customers
In fiscal year 2023, our top 10 customers, all of which are retailers, represented approximately 40% of our invoiced sales, and one customer provided in excess of 10% of our net invoiced sales in fiscal year 2023. Although orders are processed through purchase orders, as opposed to volume commitments, we have historically benefited from long-term relationships with our key customers, having a sales relationship for more than 20 years on average across our top 15 retail customers.
International
Substantially all of our invoiced sales occurred in the United States in fiscal year 2023, and we are focused on growing our business in the United States. Since substantially all of our business is in the United States, we believe we have more limited exposure to global economic conditions and foreign exchange fluctuations than companies with more substantial international sales and operations.
Competition
Our products primarily compete with other salty snacks but also compete more broadly for certain eating occasions with other snack foods. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the salty snacks industry include taste, convenience, product variety, product quality, price, nutrition, consumer brand awareness, media and promotional activities, in-store merchandising execution, customer service, cost-efficient distribution, and access to retailer shelf space. We believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.
The salty snacking industry is competitive and includes a number of diverse participants. Our identified competitors include PepsiCo (Frito Lay), Campbell’s (Snyder’s-Lance), Kellogg’s (Pringles), General Mills, Grupo Bimbo, Hershey’s, Hain Celestial, and Arca Continental (Wise), among others. Our products also compete with private label or experience necessaryretailer-branded salty snacks. However, private label branded salty snacks represented only approximately 5.1% of US category retail sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, less than its approximately 5.5% share of retail sales since 2018.
10



Historically, the salty snacks category has benefited from favorable competitive dynamics, including low private label penetration and category leaders who compete primarily via marketing and innovation. Importantly, as of December 31, 2023, we are the #2 brand platform in our Core Geographies, representing over 7% of total salty snacks category retail sales based on Circana data. As of December 31, 2023, in our Core Geographies, we have the #2 position in pork skins and in pretzels with 17% and 15% of sub-category retail sales, respectively. We have the #3 position in potato chips, cheese snacks and tortilla chips with 12%, 7% and 4% of sub-category retail sales, respectively. We believe we have a strong and defensible position in our Core Geographies with a significant opportunity to enhance our national position by expanding sales in Expansion Geographies (where we represent 2.8% of category retail sales). As of December 31, 2023, we are the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have#3 salty snack brand platform in the AbilityUS, representing 4.4% of total salty snacks category retail sales.

Notably, in 2023, approximately $2.8 billion of salty snack retail sales were generated by approximately 1,200 smaller competitors, each with retail sales of less than $200 million. We believe this fragmented group of smaller brands provides an attractive opportunity for us to Approveexpand our retail sales by either acquiring or displacing smaller regional or product-specific competitors.
Supply Chain
Sourcing. The principal ingredients used to manufacture our products include potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, and seasonings. Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisionsprimary packaging materials include flexible films and rigid containers, such as barrels, lids, cartons, and trays. All of our amendedcore ingredients are purchased according to rigorous standards to assure food quality and restated memorandumsafety. Our principal ingredients are generally available from multiple suppliers, but became more difficult to source beginning in 2021 and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decidecontinuing into 2023 due to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

Under the NYSE’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

·We issue (other than in a public offering for cash) ordinary shares that will either (a) be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of Class A ordinary shares then outstanding or (b) have voting power equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power then outstanding;

·Any of our directors, officers or substantial securityholders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of ordinary shares to be issued, or if the number of ordinary shares into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of ordinary shares or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors and officers or (b) 5% of the number of ordinary shares or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial securityholders; or

·The issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

In the event that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares.ongoing supply chain constraints. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, ifsource any would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

10

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears thattop 10 inputs under any single-supplier arrangement. As such, requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could bewe have been able to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may resultmake satisfactory alternative arrangements in the completionevent of this interruption of supply from our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if suchsuppliers. No single category of direct material purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, initial shareholders, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsor, initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A ordinary shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the shareholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, executive officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (net of taxes paid or payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption right will include the requirement that any beneficial owner on whose behalf a redemption right is being exercised must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our initial shareholders entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. The other members of our management team entered into agreements similar to the one entered into by our sponsor with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after our initial public offering.

11

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.

If we held a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

·conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

·file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our initial shareholders agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 16,062,501, or 36.51%, of the 44,000,000 public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

·conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

·file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

12

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase Class A ordinary shares in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares (as defined further below). We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem norepresented more than 15% of our Cost of Goods Sold in fiscal year 2023. In addition to raw ingredients and packaging, we source energy and liquid fuels for our manufacturing facilities and in-house distribution assets.

We utilize various buying strategies to mitigate the shares soldimpact of changes in input prices, including fixed-price forward purchases as well as commodity hedging arrangements with third parties (particularly for energy, vegetable oils, wheat, and corn). A number of external factors such as weather, commodity markets, and governmental or agricultural programs can affect the cost of raw materials used in our initial public offering withoutproducts. To provide greater visibility and mitigate risks, we typically look to enter into pricing arrangements covering a meaningful portion of our prior consent,forecasted purchases over the next 3 to 18 months. As of December 31, 2023, we estimate that we have entered into pricing arrangements covering approximately 36% of our budgeted direct material needs in fiscal year 2024.
Manufacturing. As of February 14, 2024, we manufacture our products primarily through 10 company-operated manufacturing facilities across the United States. These include three legacy Utz facilities and seven facilities that were added over the last ten years from acquisition (for more details see Item 2 “Properties” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details). Our facilities have the capacity to produce approximately 500 million pounds of salty snacks annually, after the effect of the Our Home Transaction, based on management’s estimate of available capacity, excluding weekly sanitation, over a seven-day work schedule, providing us with significant available capacity to accommodate increased sales. We believe this available capacity across our manufacturing footprint will enable us to leverage existing fixed costs to generate higher margins on incremental organic sales or acquired brands as well as generate potential future cost savings through consolidating our manufacturing footprint. Our manufacturing facilities are well-maintained, and we have a program to ensure appropriate maintenance capital expenditures are undertaken. We also utilize several co-manufacturers for certain products, with the most significant being our OTB branded tortilla chips as well as branded salsa and queso. In addition, pursuant to the Our Home Transaction, under reciprocal co-manufacturing agreements Our Home will co-manufacture certain of our products and we will co-manufacture certain Good Health® products. During fiscal 2022, we began investing in talent and process improvements, associated with setting up our Integrated Business Management ("IBM") process, which uses supply and demand planning to optimize manufacturing and other supply chain and logistics processes.
Distribution.We offer national distribution of our products through our flexible, hard-to-replicate distribution system that combines DSD, DTW, direct-to-consumer and distributor capabilities. We believe this hybrid system, which we have built and enhanced over nearly a century, offers us flexibility to cost-effectively distribute our products to a wide range of retail locations where salty snacks are sold. Additionally, we believe we will limitour distribution system is highly scalable, resulting in the ability to drive higher margins on incremental revenues and enabling us to realize significant cost savings when integrating acquired brands onto our established platform.
11



We have historically expanded the geographic reach of our distribution network from our Core Geographies, where we benefit from strong brand awareness and heritage, to our Expansion Geographies, where we have expanded both organically and through acquisitions. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we were able to expand our market share in our Expansion Geographies, led by growth in the grocery channel according to Circana data of U.S. retail sales in the salty snacks category. We plan to continue to expand our distribution and sales of Power Brands in these geographies, supported by our increased brand investments, expansion of our direct-to-customer and DSD distribution capabilities, and potentially through strategic acquisitions.
Direct-to-Warehouse: For a number of our customers, we either ship products directly from our facilities to their distribution centers or allow them to pick-up products directly from our facilities. These customers are then responsible for fulfilling shipments to their own retail stores. The DTW model is often preferred by some of our national mass, club, and grocery customers that have sufficient scale and capabilities to efficiently manage distribution and replenishment for their own retail stores.
Direct-Store-Delivery: We are one of only four scaled U.S. salty snack providers with extensive DSD capabilities. Within our DSD system, our independent operators (“IOs”) pick up products from our manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, storage facilities, or small groupbins and distribute and sell these products to retail stores within a geographic territory. Our DSD system provides service to both large and small customers, and it provides us a competitive advantage in expanding distribution, increasing shelf space, executing in-store merchandising activities, and ensuring products are fresh and available wherever consumers shop. Our DSD network included approximately 2,250 routes reaching over 83,000 retail stores in 2023. Our DSD routes are comprised of shareholdersapproximately 2,200 IOs, covering substantially all of our routes as of December 31, 2023. Over the last several years, we have converted from a predominately company-owned route sales professionals ("RSP") model toward the use of IOs. We believe this transition benefits us by creating motivated IOs and a more variable cost structure for our company. (See “Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Utz Brands Holdings — Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability — Independent Operator Conversions” for more details).
Third Party Distributors: We also use third-party distributors in certain regions where their capabilities enhance the cost effectiveness and reach of our overall distribution system. For third-party distributors, we either ship products directly from our facilities to unreasonably attempttheir distribution centers or allow them to blockpick up products directly from our facilities. The distributors are then responsible for selling our products to our customers and ensuring optimal retail presence within the stores they serve, utilizing both DTW and DSD capabilities. Our third-party distributors operated an additional approximately 600 DSD-style routes, reaching over 17,000 retail stores.
Direct-to-Consumer: We also distribute our products directly to consumers. Our direct-to-consumer shipments primarily originate from orders received via our company website (www.utzsnacks.com) or select third party retailer sites, including Amazon and Sam’s Club, which extend our reach to virtually every household in America. Our direct-to-consumer shipments are delivered from our central warehouse facility to consumers using FedEx, U.S. Postal Service, or other third-party carriers and is an accelerating part of our business, with the channel having grown significantly since 2019.
Food Safety and Quality. Food safety and quality are top priorities and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that consumers receive consistently safe and high-quality food products. Our products are manufactured in facilities that have programs and controls in place regarding consistent quality and food safety. These comprehensive programs include Safe Quality Food (SQF) certifications and Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) that are designed to produce a safe, wholesome product. Our suppliers are required to have similarly robust processes in place and confirm their compliance for shipments of all ingredients to be used in our products. Finally, in addition to real-time product testing during production, we frequently monitor product attributes including taste, aroma, texture, and appearance, and random samples of finished goods are regularly sent to third-party laboratories for testing and verification.
Human Capital
Each day we demonstrate the family values espoused by our founding family in our workplace culture: inclusivity, well-being and professional growth. These values are celebrated and help to drive our success which relies on our ability to completeattract, develop and retain key personnel whose skills, experience and industry knowledge benefit our initial business combination, particularly in connection withoperations and performance. Our Board of Directors (“Company Board”), Company Board committees and management oversee various associate initiatives including compensation and benefits programs, succession planning, leadership development, diversity, equity and inclusion.
12



We aim to both attract and retain a business combination with a targetqualified workforce through an inclusive and accessible recruiting process and online platform, as well as by offering competitive wages, benefits, and training opportunities. We also support and develop our associates through company-wide training and development programs intended to build and strengthen associates’ leadership and professional skills.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
We recognize that requires as a closing conditionthe diverse perspectives and backgrounds of our associates are vital for our performance, and by embracing it, we ensure that we have a minimum net worth orworkplace where every associate feels that they are valued and that they can contribute not only to our success, but their success, as well.
To foster a certain amountwork environment that values all people, Utz partnered with a nationally recognized consulting firm to help develop a comprehensive diversity, equity, and inclusion strategy, which includes various aspects of cash.

However,human capital management, including recruiting, training, and leadership development. Since partnering with a consultant, we would not be restrictinghave developed a three year strategy that is underway that includes various initiatives, projects and actions that have yielded positive results.

As of our shareholders’ ability2022 ESG report published in August 2023, our associate demographics in the U.S. (based on self-reported data from our associates) were:
ESG.jpg
Health and Safety
We believe that a safe and healthy workplace is essential and that the safety, health and well-being of our associates is one of our most important responsibilities. Our approach to voteoperational health and safety is based on creating a culture of collective learning to build systems that safeguard all of their shares (including Excess Shares)our associates.
Our health and safety approach is the foundation for keeping our associates and workplaces safe and secure, and is aligned with Occupational Safety and Health Association's ("OSHA") 1910 standards and meet all regulatory requirements. We also look to International Organization for Standardization and other respected standards to inform our approach.
The pillars of our health and safety approach are as follows:
Associate engagement: Leading indicators are used to both encourage and measure regular safety related activities throughout the organization;
Training: Safety trainings relevant to each work group’s operation are distributed throughout the organization monthly, quarterly and/or againstannually;
13



Compliance: Regular audits in various formats are used to review and ensure compliance with applicable agency regulations; and
Performance metrics: Traditional OSHA metrics are maintained on a quarterly and annual basis to measure actual performance and help identify continuous improvement opportunities.
Total Rewards
We have a demonstrated history of investing in our initialworkforce by providing competitive wages and benefits. Our benefits package includes:
Comprehensive health insurance coverage to associates working 30 hours or more each week;
Parental leave to all new parents for birth, adoption or foster placement;
Short term disability to provide partial wage protection for up to 13 weeks;
Participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan;
Wellness and disease management programs, health advocacy partner and associates assistance programs;
Health & Wellness Center – free to all Hanover-based associates and dependents covered under the health plan; and
401(k) plan with competitive company match and profit sharing.
Employee Headcount
As of December 31, 2023, we employed approximately 3,400 full-time associates and 254 part-time associates.
Over the last several years, we have meaningfully reduced our number of full-time associates and our selling, distribution and administrative expenses through our business combination.

Tendering Share Certificatestransformation initiatives, particularly our DSD shift from RSPs to IOs and the associated restructuring of our sales management and corporate organization structure (see “— Supply Chain — Distribution” and "Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Utz Brands Holdings — Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability —Independent Operator Conversions” for more information). Additionally, we have reduced the number of associates and operating expenses through several network optimization initiatives that reduced our plant footprint by three plants in Connectionfiscal year 2023 and consolidated certain of our transportation and warehousing operations. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we further reduced our number of full-time associates and our selling, distribution and administrative expenses through our business transformation initiatives, including the Our Home Transaction.

Sustainability
We recognize the importance of Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") issues for all stakeholders. We use leading ESG and sustainability frameworks and guiding principles, such as the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board ("SASB"), the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD") and the U.N. Sustainable Development Goals ("SDGs"), as well as stakeholder engagement to inform our ESG program. We recognize our responsibility to uphold the Company’s founding values, which for more than 100 years, have centered on working ethically, responsibly, and with integrity to benefit all of our stakeholders. We consistently look for ways to make a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

In connectionpositive difference for our associates, customers and in the communities in which we operate. By collaborating with any vote heldstakeholders, including associates, consumers, business partners, suppliers, stockholders and customers, we are taking the necessary steps to approvebecome a proposed business combination, public shareholders seekingmore sustainable company. We believe that it is in our stakeholders’ best interests that we place safety-focused, sustainability-minded, and transparent best practices at the heart of our operations. With this stakeholder framework, in 2020 we formed our ESG Committee, composed of subject matter experts from across our operations, including facilities management, packaging innovation, human resources, corporate governance, legal affairs and communications.

We released our 2022 ESG Report in August 2023, which outlines our strategic priorities for ESG matters and the continued growth of our sustainability program. To learn more about our sustainability goals, progress and initiatives, access the ESG Report by clicking “ESG” on our Investor Relations website at www.investors.utzsnacks.com. See “Available Information” below for additional information regarding our website.
14



Intellectual Property
We own numerous domestic and foreign trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to exercise their redemptionour business. These include the U.S. trademark registrations, which protect certain rights whetherin the following brands: Utz, ON THE BORDER, Zapp’s, Golden Flake, Boulder Canyon, Hawaiian, TORTIYAHS!, Tim’s Cascade, Snyder of Berlin, “Dirty”, Kitchen Cooked, Bachman and Jax, among others. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are record holders used in the regular course of trade and/or hold their shares in “street name,” will be requiredregistrations are properly maintained.
We also maintain rights to either tender their certificates (if any)the domain names www.utzsnacks.com and www.getutz.com, among others.
We believe the protection of our intellectual property, particularly our trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, copyrights and domain names, is important to our transfer agentsuccess. We aggressively protect our intellectual property rights by, among other methods, relying on a combination of watch services and enforcement under intellectual property laws and/or through the domain name dispute resolution system.
In addition, from time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We take proactive measures in attempts to avoid infringement of third party marks by conducting trademark clearance searches and taking other industry standard measures. However, this does not prevent third parties from asserting claims against us. We have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. See “Risk Factors — Potential liabilities and costs from litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries or investigations can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.” Moreover, future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners, and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to deliver their shares toestablish our proprietary rights.
We also license certain third-party brand names for use on our products, including the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case no later than two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination. The proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public sharesTGI Friday’s, HeluvaGood, Grillo’s Pickles, and Mike's Hot Honey. We use these trademarks in connection with our initial business combination will indicateproduction and distribution of snack products to be sold under the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that any beneficial owner on whose behalf a redemption right is being exercised must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the closetrademarked labels. Under some of the tender offer period, or upagreements governing our use of such trademarks, we are required to two business days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic deliverymake guaranteed annual royalty payments. Sales under our trademark licensing agreements represent approximately 2.4% of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

13
our 2023 invoice sales.

In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote, a public shareholder seeking redemption of its public shares must also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent at least two business days prior to the vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holderslicense certain of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly afterowned brands, including Utz, for use by third parties in certain food categories (such as frozen foods), however these arrangements do not materially impact our financial position. Finally, we have historically engaged in certain cross-marketing and/or promotional activities with third parties, thereby increasing the completionvisibility of our initial business combination.

Ifbrands.

15



Seasonality
Although the demand for our initial business combinationproducts is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who electedrelatively stable throughout the year as compared to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitledother consumer goods, we have experienced in the past, and expect to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing ofexperience, seasonal fluctuations in our initial public offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will have only 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than five business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes paid or payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our initial shareholders entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. However, if our initial shareholders or management team acquire public shares in or after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes paid or payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.

14

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts held outside the trust accountplus up to $100,000 of funds from the trust account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to provide us with additional cash to pay any tax obligations that we may owe.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available to the company, and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. The underwriters of our initial public offering will not execute an agreement with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the futureretail sales as a result of or arising outconsumer and customer spending patterns. Historically, the months of any negotiations, contracts or agreements with usApril to September, as well as December have resulted in higher retail sales than average due to increased consumer demand during the spring and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts heldsummer months and holiday season, as well as significant retailer merchandising and promotions around those times. Additionally, we have historically generated seasonal cash flow from decreases in working capital levels in the trust account, our sponsor agreed that it will be liable to us iffourth quarter and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of fundsinvested cash flow in working capital increases in the trust accountfirst quarter. We expect these historical trends to below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share heldcontinue in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share duefuture.

Government Regulation and Compliance
We are subject to reductionsvarious laws and regulations in the value ofUnited States by federal, state and local government authorities. In the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of anyUnited States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwritersadvertising of our initial public offering against certain liabilities,products include, among others, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”); the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”); the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”); the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"); and the OSHA and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers.
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including liabilities underconsumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the Securities Actpromotion and sale of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligationsmerchandise. Our operations, and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securitiesthose of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be abledistributors and suppliers, also are subject to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendorsvarious laws and prospective target businesses.

15

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per public shareregulations relating to environmental protection and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable,worker health and safety matters. We monitor these regulatory requirements and our sponsor asserts that itcompliance on a regular basis.

Available Information
Our website is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligationswww.utzsnacks.com. The information found on, or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will notcan be less than $10.00 per share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have vendors, service providers, prospective target businessesaccessed from or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that our funds available for claims and liabilities are insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per sharehyperlinked to, our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us thatwebsite is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.

16

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other special purpose acquisition companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, or the possible need for us to conduct a shareholder vote to approve the transaction, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10166. The cost for our usepart of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services.Annual Report on Form 10-K. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have three executive officers: Roger K. Deromedi, Jason K. Giordano and Chinh E. Chu. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are registered under the Exchange Act and we have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file or furnish annual, quarterly and current reports, with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, sent to shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

17

We previously filed a registration statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we applied for and received, a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptionsother information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may obtain a copy of any of these reports, free of charge, from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the pricesInvestors Relations section of our securities may be more volatile.

website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that also contains these reports at: www.sec.gov. In addition, Section 107copies of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantageCompany's annual report will be made available, free of charge, on written request to the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of   (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

18
Company.

16




Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk.

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider carefully all of the following risks described below, together withas well as the other information containedincluded in this Annual Report before makingon Form 10-K. We operate in a decision to invest inchanging environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our securities. If anyoperations. Any of the following events occur,risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. However, the selected risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and operatinguncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results may be materially adversely affected.of operations or prospects. In that event,such a case, the trading price of our securities could decline and you couldmay lose all or part of your investment.

investment in us.

Risks RelatingRelated to Our Business

Our gross profit margins may be impacted by a variety of factors, including but not limited to variations in raw materials pricing, retail customer ordering patterns, requirements and mix, sales velocities and required promotional support.
Our gross profit as a percentage of net sales fluctuate as a result of competition and other factors, including product pricing, the availability and cost of commodities, raw materials pricing (including ingredients and packaging), labor costs and other global health impacts, and energy costs. Further, our gross profit margin may be impacted by shifts in the overall mix of products having a higher or lower profit margin. Should the competitive dynamic change in our industry (which could impact our margins through forces including but not limited to requiring us to alter our pricing strategy, offering a greater percentage of lower profit margin products in our overall product mix, or requiring additional promotional activity), the prices we pay for raw materials, energy or other inputs increase dramaticallydue to interest rate or market condition changes or other reasons, or any of our customer relationships or relationships with our IOs and third-party distributors change materially, then we may not be able to continue to operate at our current margins. We may be able to pass some or all raw material, energy and other input cost increases to customers, IOs and third-party distributors by increasing the selling prices of our products or decreasing the size of our products; however, higher product prices or decreased product sizes may cause us to be less competitive with our peers and result in a reduction in sales volume or consumption, or increased packaging costs. If we are not able to increase our selling prices or reduce product sizes sufficiently, or in a timely manner, to offset increased raw material, packaging, energy or other input costs, including freight, direct labor, overhead and employee benefits, or if our sales volume decreases significantly, there could be a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Consumers’ loyalty to our brands may change due to factors beyond our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our business currently depends in a large part on repeat purchases by the same consumers, many of whom are based in our Core Geographies where we have acquired strong regional brands and distribution capabilities. We believe this purchasing pattern is indicative of loyalty to our brands. However, these consumers are under no obligation to continue to repeatedly purchase our products and could stop or materially reduce purchasing our products at any time. These consumers could cease purchasing our products for any number of reasons, some of which are beyond our control, including changing consumer trends, increasing household debt, negative publicity regarding our brand, real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, a change in consumers’ perception of BFY brands or other specialty brands, or the availability of premium-branded or lower-priced alternative snack products, or for no reason at all. Loss of consumers’ loyalty to our brands and the resulting decreased sales to consumers could have an adverse effect on our business and operating historyresults.
17



Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences and no revenues,tastes or if we are unable to innovate or market our products effectively.
We are a consumer products company operating in highly competitive markets and you have no basisrely on whichcontinued demand for our products. To generate revenue and profits, we must sell products that appeal to evaluateour customers and consumers. Any significant changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to anticipate or react to such changes could result in reduced demand for our products and erosion of our competitive and financial position. Our success depends on our ability to respond to consumer trends, including increasing concerns of consumers regarding health and wellness, obesity, product attributes and ingredients, as demonstrated through the BFY movement in our industry. In addition, changes in product category consumption or consumer demographics could result in reduced demand for our products. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors, including the changes in social trends and activity patterns. Any of these changes may affect consumers’ willingness to purchase our products and negatively impact our financial results.
Our continued success also is dependent on product innovation, such as new flavors and formats, as well as the introduction of BFY products in response to evolving consumer preference. In order to successfully compete within our industry, we must maintain a robust pipeline of new products, and effective advertising and promotional campaigns, marketing programs and product packaging. Although we devote significant resources to meet this goal, we may not be able to continue to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products, or to effectively execute advertising and promotional campaigns and marketing programs.
Price reductions implemented by our competitors may negatively impact our sales and shelf space, and may require us to similarly reduce costs or expend additional resources to remain competitive.
Competitors, many of whom have greater resources than us, vie for the same shelf placement and may offer incentives to retail customers that we cannot match. In addition, unattractive shelf placement and pricing may put us at a disadvantage to our competitors.
Even if we do obtain shelf space or preferable shelf placement for any of our brands, our new and existing products may fail to achieve the sales expectations set by our retail customers, potentially causing these retailers to remove our products from the shelf. Additionally, an increase in the number and quality of private-label products in the product categories in which we compete could reduce available shelf space and hamper the placement for our branded products, which could adversely affect our sales.
To obtain and keep shelf placement for our products, we may need to increase our marketing and advertising spending in order to create consumer awareness, protect and grow our existing market share or to promote new products, which could impact our operating results. Despite our efforts, our marketing and advertising efforts may not be effective, and we may not be able to protect or grow our existing market share nor successfully promote new products. In addition, we consistently evaluate our product lines to determine whether or not to discontinue certain products. Discontinuing product lines may increase our profitability but could reduce our sales and hurt our brand and consumer loyalty, and a reduction in sales of certain of our products could result in a reduction in sales of other of our products. The discontinuation of product lines may have an adverse effect on our business.
Fluctuations in our results of operations from quarter to quarter because of changes in our promotional activities may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on, our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our business objective.

We were formedis subject to quarterly fluctuations due to the timing of, and demand for, consumer-driven promotional activities, which may have a disproportionate effect on April 30, 2018our results of operations. Historically, we have offered a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers, IOs, and third-party distributors and consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees and in-store displays. In addition, our sales and promotion incentives are typically offered in connection with seasonal social events, holidays and sporting events. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. Reductions in overall sales and promotion incentives could impact our net sales and affect our results of operations in any particular fiscal quarter.

18



Our reputation or brand image might be impacted as a Cayman Islands exempted companyresult of issues or concerns relating to the quality and safety of our products, ingredients or packaging, processing techniques, and other environmental, social or governance matters, which in turn could negatively impact our operating results.
In order to sell our branded products, we need to maintain a good reputation with our stakeholders, including our customers, consumers, IOs, third-party distributors, suppliers, vendors, associates and equity holders, among others. Issues related to the quality and safety of our products, ingredients packaging or processing techniques could jeopardize our image and reputation. Negative publicity related to these types of concerns, or related to product contamination or product tampering, whether valid or not and which may not be in our control, could decrease demand for our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. We may need to recall products if any of our products become unfit for consumption, and we could potentially be subject to litigation or government actions, which could result in payments of fines or damages. In addition, negative publicity related to our environmental, social or governance practices could also impact our reputation with customers, consumers, IOs, third-party distributors, suppliers, vendors, associates and equityholders, among others. Costs associated with these potential actions, as well as the potential impact on our ability to sell our products, could negatively affect our operating results.
If our products become adulterated or are mislabeled, we might need to recall those items, and we may experience product liability claims and damage to our reputation.
We have noin the past and we may, in the future, need to recall some of our products, including any products that we produce for other parties under a private label, if they become adulterated or if they are mislabeled due to our fault or error, or the fault or error of any of our suppliers. We may also be liable if the consumption of any of our products cause sickness or injury to consumers. A widespread product recall could result in significant expenses due to the costs of a recall, the destruction of product inventory, losses due to the frustration of our contracts with third parties, and lost sales due to the unavailability of product for a period of time. We could also suffer losses from a significant adverse product liability judgment. A significant product recall or product liability claim could also result in adverse publicity, damage to our reputation, and a loss of consumer confidence in the safety or quality of our products, ingredients or packaging and consumer loyalty. We may not be sufficiently indemnified by our suppliers, or successfully recover under any such indemnification rights, in the event sickness or injury to consumers is caused by any of our supplier’s fault or error. In addition, if other companies recall or experience negative publicity related to a product in a category in which we compete, consumers might reduce their overall consumption of products in that category.
Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising, and product or packaging damages, as well as undelivered or unsold food products may have a significant impact on our operating results and allmay disrupt our customer relationships.
Retailers in the grocery industry may charge slotting fees for access to shelf space and often enter into promotional and advertising arrangements with manufacturers that result in the sharing of promotional and advertising costs among the retail customer, distributor or manufacturer. As the retail grocery industry has consolidated and become more competitive, retail customers have sought greater participation by manufacturers in cooperative promotional and advertising arrangements and are more inclined to pass on unanticipated increases in promotional and advertising costs to distributors and manufacturers. Additionally, retailers are exhibiting a greater willingness to take deductions from distributors and manufacturers for damaged products, undelivered and unsold products or to return unsold products to distributors and manufacturers. If we are charged significant and unanticipated promotional allowances or advertising charges directly or indirectly by retail customers, or if we, our IOs, third-party distributors or our direct or indirect customers take substantial charge-backs or return material amounts of our activities to dateproducts, the operating results and liquidity of our business could be harmed, perhaps substantially. Moreover, an unresolved disagreement with a retail customer concerning promotional allowances, advertising charges, charge-backs or returns could significantly disrupt or cause the termination of a customer relationship, immediately reducing our sales and liquidity. Because of the limited number of retail customers in the U.S. grocery market, the loss of even a single retail customer, a single stock-keeping unit previously maintained by a retail customer, or a customer of one of our significant IOs or third-party distributors, could have been related toa long-term negative impact on our formation,financial condition and net sales.
We do not have many contracts with our initial public offering, andcustomers that require the purchase of a minimum amount of our search forproducts.
Very few of our customers provide us with firm, long-term or short-term volume purchase commitments. As a business combination target. Becauseresult of the absence of such contracts, we lack an operating history, youcould have periods during which we have no basis uponor limited orders for our products, but we will continue to have certain fixed costs, including those to maintain our work force and other expenses that are subject to contract. We may not be able to find new customers in a timely manner to supplement periods where we experience no or limited purchase orders or recover fixed costs as a result of experiencing reduced purchase orders. Periods of no or limited purchase orders for our products could have a material adverse effect on our net income or cause us to incur losses. Unanticipated fluctuations in product requirements by our customers could result in fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter.
19



We operate in the highly competitive snack food industry, which to evaluatemay reduce our ability to achievesell our products to our customers or consumers if we are unable to compete effectively.
The sales of most of our products are subject to significant competition due to factors including product quality and taste, brand awareness among consumers, access to shelf space at retail customers’ locations, price, advertising and promotion, innovation of on-trend snacks, variety of snacks offered, nutritional content, product packaging and package design. We compete in that market principally on the basis of product taste and quality, but also brand recognition and loyalty, price, marketing, advertising and the ability to satisfy specific consumer dietary needs against numerous multinational, regional and local companies, as well as emerging companies, most markedly in the BFY product segment.
Historically our growth strategy has utilized acquisitions in the salty snack industry and snack distribution channels as a means of our growth, and we believe that acquisitions will continue to be an important component of our intended growth strategy. Additionally, as a general matter, there is continuing consolidation in the snack food industry and in retail outlets for snack foods by other market participants. Although we gain benefits from the execution of our acquisition strategy, the continuing consolidation has increased, and may continue to increase, competition over such factors as promotional discounting and other price cutting techniques. Consolidation within the snack food industry and retail outlets by others may prevent us from effectively competing if others in the industry that have greater resources than us, and retail customers or potential retail customers, enter into long-term purchase contracts or promotional arrangements. Significant consolidation by others increases the possibility that we could lose one or more major customers, lose existing product authorizations at customer locations, lose market share or shelf space, increase expenditures or reduce selling prices, which could have an adverse impact on our business objectiveor financial results.
In addition, we compete with emerging companies, primarily in the BFY product segment, some of completing our initial business combination. We have no arrangementswhich may provide innovative or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination andtrendier snack foods. In addition, many of these emerging companies receive investment from private equity, venture capital or other investors, who may be willing to accept lower product margins or sustained losses by such competitors, while such competitors gain market share. If such emerging companies are able to attract a loyal consumer base through more innovative or trendier snack foods or offer their snack food products at lower prices than us, our market share and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures may also be required to maintain or improve our brands’ market position or to introduce a new product to the market, and participants in our industry have been engaging with new media, including consumer outreach through social media and web-based channels. Advertising and promotional expenditures may be ineffective if consumers prioritize price over other factors and purchase lower-cost alternatives, such as private label, generic or store branded products. Our ability to compete may also be dependent on the availability of product category-appropriate snack aisles at our retail customers’ locations and whether our products are placed in the appropriate snack aisle, such as the BFY snack food aisle or in the traditional snack food aisle. An increasing focus on BFY products and other specialty products in the marketplace will likely increase these competitive pressures within the category in future periods.
Due to the competitive landscape in the snack food industry, price increases for our products that we initiate or failure to effectively advertise and promote our products may negatively impact our financial results if not properly implemented or accepted by our customers, IOs, third-party distributors or consumers. Future price increases, such as those made in order to offset increased input costs or other expenditures, such as advertising and promotion, may reduce our overall sales volume, which could reduce our revenue and operating profit. We may not be able to implement price increases driven by higher input costs on a timely basis or at all, either of which may reduce our operating profit. Additionally, if market prices for certain inputs decline significantly, in some instances we may be required by contract to pay customers the difference or experience customer pressure to reduce the prices for our products which could lower our revenue and operating profit. Further, if our advertising or promotional efforts do not increase brand awareness or sales of our products, our expenses may increase, and our operating profit may be reduced.
20



We face competition in our business from private label, generic or store branded products which may result in price point pressures, leading to decreased demand for our products.
We are subject to competition from companies, including from some of our customers, that either currently manufacture or are developing products directly in competition with our products. While we manufacture certain store-branded products for our customers under a private label, these private label, generic or store-branded products may be a less expensive option for consumers than our products, making it more difficult to sell our branded products. If our customers cease to purchase our branded products or select another third-party manufacturer for their private label products, our financial results could be adversely affected. Similarly, other large retail customers or potential customers could follow similar private-label strategies. In future years, we may experience pricing pressure from our customers due to such competition, which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results.
Changes in retail distribution arrangements can result in the loss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products, causing our sales to fall.
From time to time, retailers change distribution centers that supply some of their retail stores. If a new distribution center has not previously distributed our products in that region, it may take time for a retailer’s distribution center to begin distributing new products in its region. Even if a retailer approves the distribution of products in a new region, product sales may decline while the transition in distribution takes place. If we do not get approval to have our products offered in a new distribution region or if getting this approval takes longer than anticipated, our sales and operating results may suffer.
Our DTW delivery network system relies on a significant number of brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies. Such reliance could affect our ability to effectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business into other geographic markets.
Our DTW network system relies on a significant number of brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies to deliver our products to approximately 1,300 retailer distribution centers as of the end of our 2023 fiscal year. The ability to maintain a DTW system depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include: (i) the level of demand for the brands and products which are available in a particular area surrounding a retailer distribution center; (ii) the ability to price products at levels competitive with those offered by competing producers and at prices that consumers will purchase our products; and (iii) our ability and the ability of third-party logistics companies to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by brokers, wholesalers and retail customers. We may not be able to mitigate the risks related to all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas. To the extent that any of these factors have an adverse effect on our relationships with our brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies, thus limiting maintenance and expansion of the sales market, our revenue and financial results may be adversely impacted.
Identifying new brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies can be time-consuming and any resulting delay may be disruptive and costly to our business. Many of our agreements with our brokers, in particular, are terminable by either us or them after satisfaction of a short notice period. There also is no assurance that we will be able to maintain current distribution relationships or establish and maintain successful relationships with brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies in new geographic distribution areas. We may have to incur significant expenses to attract and maintain brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies in one or more geographic distribution areas. The occurrence of any of these factors could result in increased expense or a significant decrease in sales volume through the DTW system and harm our business and financial results.
Our DSD network system and regional third-party distributor network relies on a significant number of independent operators and third-party distributors, and such reliance could affect our ability to effectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business into other geographic markets.
At the end of fiscal year 2023, our DSD network and regional third-party distributor network relied on approximately 2,200 IOs and third-party distributors covering approximately 600 DSD-style routes, in addition to our RSPs for the distribution and sale of our branded products and some private label products. In order to purchase from us an exclusive right to deliver our products to retail customers in a specific territory, IOs and third-party distributors must make a commitment of capital or obtain financing to purchase such rights and other equipment to conduct their business. Certain financing arrangements, through third-party lending institutions, are made available to IOs and require us to repurchase the rights granted to an IO in the event the IO defaults on its loan; we are then required to collect any shortfall from the IO, to the extent possible. The inability of the IOs to make timely payments on their financing arrangements could require us to make payments on such financing arrangements pursuant to any guarantee agreements we have in place with such IOs’ third-party lenders. If we are required to make payments under such guarantees upon default by our IOs of a significant amount under their financing arrangements, the aggregate amount of such payments, could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
21



The ability to maintain a DSD network and regional third-party distributor network depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include: (i) the level of demand for the brands and products which are available in a particular distribution area; (ii) the ability to price products at levels competitive with those offered by competing producers; and (iii) the ability to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by IOs or third-party distributors, and retail customers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risks related to all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas of distribution. To the extent that any of these factors have an adverse effect on our relationships with IOs third-party distributors, thus limiting maintenance and expansion of the sales market, our revenue and financial results may be adversely impacted.
In addition, we rely on third-party distributors to directly or indirectly promote and sell our products within their assigned distribution areas. We may reimburse third-party distributors for a portion of their costs and expenses incurred in connection with such promotional efforts. If third-party distributors do not efficiently promote our products, we may experience an adverse effect on our financial results.
Identifying new IOs and third-party distributors can be time-consuming, and any resulting delay may be disruptive and costly to the business. There also is no assurance that we will be able to maintain current distribution relationships or establish and maintain successful relationships with IOs or third-party distributors in new geographic distribution areas. There is the possibility that we will have to incur significant expenses to attract and maintain IOs and third-party distributors in one or more geographic distribution areas. The occurrence of any of these factors could result in increased expense or a significant decrease in sales volume through the DSD network and regional third-party distributor network and harm our business and financial results.
A disruption in the operation of the DSD network, regional third-party distributor network or DTW system could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We believe that our development of our DSD network, regional third-party distributor network and DTW system is a significant competitive advantage. A material negative change in our relationship with our IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies could materially and negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to operate and conduct our business. In addition, litigation or one or more adverse rulings by courts or regulatory or governmental bodies regarding our DSD network, third-party distributor network or DTW system, including actions or decisions that could affect the independent contractor classifications of the IOs, or an adverse judgment against us for actions taken by the IOs could materially and negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to operate and conduct our business.
The evolution of e-commerce sales channels may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our industry has been affected by changes to the retail landscape through sales over the Internet, including the rapid growth in sales through e-commerce websites, mobile commerce applications and subscription services as well as the integration of physical and digital operations among retailers. If we are unable to completedevelop and maintain successful relationships with existing and new e-commerce retailers or otherwise adapt to the growing e-commerce landscape, while simultaneously maintaining relationships with our initialkey customers, IOs and third-party distributors operating in traditional retail channels, we may be disadvantaged in certain channels and with certain customers, IOs, third-party distributors and consumers, which can adversely affect our business, combination.financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the growth in e-commerce may result in consumer price deflation and higher direct-to-consumer costs, which may adversely affect our margins, as well as our relationships with key retail customers and our IOs and third- party distributors. If these e-commerce retailers were to take significant additional market share away from traditional retailers or we fail to completeadapt to the rapidly changing retail and e-commerce landscapes, including finding ways to create more powerful digital tools and capabilities for our initialretail customers to enable them to grow their businesses, our ability to maintain and grow our profitability, share of sales or volume, and our business, combination,financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
22



The rapid expansion of hard discounters may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The growth of hard discounters, which are focused on limiting the number of items they sell and selling predominantly private label brands, may continue to reduce our ability to sell our products through such retailers. The rapid expansion of hard discounters may, among other factors, result in consumer price deflation, which may affect our relationships with key retail customers. Failure to appropriately respond to the expansion of hard discounter retailers may reduce our ability to sell our products in retail locations where consumers may be willing to purchase them, thus adversely affecting our ability to maintain or grow our share of sales or volume, and adversely affecting our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if hard discounters were to take significant additional market share away from traditional retailers or if we will never generate anyfail to adapt to the rapidly changing retail landscape, our ability to maintain and grow our profitability, share of sales or volume and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Disruption to our manufacturing operations, supply chain or distribution channels could impair our ability to produce or deliver finished products and negatively impact our operating revenues.

Past performanceresults.

Disruption to our manufacturing operations, our supply chain or our distribution channels, including our DSD network, regional third-party distributor network and DTW system, could result from, among other factors, the following: (i) natural disaster; (ii) pandemic, or epidemic or other outbreak of disease; (iii) adverse developments in crops or other significant ingredient shortfall, due to factors such as famine or climate conditions affecting agricultural materials; (iv) fire or explosion; (v) terrorism or other acts of violence; (vi) labor strikes or other major labor disruptions; (vii) unavailability of raw or packaging materials; (viii) operational or financial instability of key suppliers, and other vendors or service providers, including our IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies; (ix) government action or economic or political uncertainties or instability affecting the manufacture, distribution or sale of our founders Roger K. Deromedi, Jason K. Giordanoproducts; (x) power, fuel or water shortages; (xi) unanticipated failures to comply with regulatory requirements; and Chinh E. Chu(xii) changes requiring unexpected shifts in production planning which could impact our ability to meet product demand in a cost-effective manner. If we are unable, or find that it is not financially feasible, to effectively plan for or mitigate the potential impacts of such disruptive events on our manufacturing operations or supply chain, our financial condition and the other membersresults of operations could be negatively impacted.
Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by input cost inflation.
Many aspects of our management team, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which theybusiness have been, associated,and may continue to be, directly affected by volatile commodity costs and other market inflationary pressures. Our input costs increased significantly in fiscal years 2021 and 2022 but have since stabilized in fiscal year 2023.
Commodities and ingredients are subject to price volatility which can be caused by commodity market fluctuations, crop yields, seasonal cycles, weather conditions, temperature extremes and natural disasters (including due to the effects of climate change), pest and disease problems, changes in currency exchange rates, imbalances between supply and demand, and government programs and policies among other factors. Volatile fuel costs translate into unpredictable costs for the products and services we receive from our third-party providers including, but not be indicativelimited to, distribution costs for our products and packaging costs.
While we seek to offset increased input costs with a combination of future performance of an investment in us,price increases to our customers, purchasing strategies, cost savings initiatives and operating efficiencies, we may be unable to provide positive returnsfully offset our increased costs or unable to shareholders.

Information regardingdo so in a timely manner. If we are unable to fully offset such cost increases, our foundersfinancial results could be materially adversely affected.

Our results could be adversely impacted as a result of increased labor and associate-related expenses.
Inflationary pressures and any shortages in the labor market could increase labor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results or financial condition. Our labor costs include the cost of providing associate benefits, including health and welfare, and severance benefits. The annual costs of benefits vary with increased costs of health care and the outcome of, in certain locations, collectively-bargained wage and benefit agreements.
Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our associates and affect operating costs. These laws include associate classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, overtime, family leave, safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for associates classified as non-exempt. Significant additional government regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
23



A continued shortage of qualified labor could negatively affect our business and materially reduce earnings.
We have experienced shortages of qualified labor across our operations. Participants in our supply chain have also experienced shortages of qualified labor. The future success of our operations, including the achievement of our strategic objectives, depends on our ability, and the ability of third parties on which we rely to supply and to deliver our products, to identify, recruit, develop and retain qualified and talented individuals. As a result, any shortage of qualified labor could significantly and adversely affect our business. Associate recruitment, development and retention efforts that we or such third parties undertake may not be successful, which could result in a shortage of qualified individuals in future periods. Any such shortage could decrease our ability to effectively produce and deliver our products to our customers and consumers, and to achieve our strategic objectives. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for associates (or higher costs to purchase the services of such third parties) and a corresponding reduction in our results of operations. In the current operating environment, we are experiencing a shortage of qualified labor in certain geographies, particularly hourly workers, resulting in increased costs from certain temporary wage actions, such as hiring and referral and retention bonus program. A continuation of such shortages for a prolonged period of time could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The loss of, or a significant reduction in sales to, any key customer can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our customers include wholesale and other distributors, grocery stores, convenience and drug stores, discount stores, mass merchandisers, membership club stores, hard discounters, and specialty and e-commerce retailers, among others. We must maintain mutually beneficial relationships with our key customers to compete effectively. Any inability to resolve a significant dispute with any of our key customers, a change in the business condition (financial or otherwise) of any of our key customers, even if unrelated to us, a significant reduction in sales to any key customer, or the loss of any of our key customers can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected by increased costs, disruption of supply or shortages of raw materials, energy, water and other supplies.
We and our business partners use various raw materials, energy, water and other supplies in our business. Our supply chain, including our raw materials and other supplies, may be disrupted by unfavorable economic conditions and other disruptions to free and open trade of materials used in our products. In addition, some of our raw materials and other supplies are available from a limited number of suppliers or a sole supplier or are in short supply when seasonal demand is at its peak. We may not be able to maintain favorable arrangements and relationships with our suppliers and our contingency plans, including development of ingredients, materials or supplies to replace ingredients, materials or supplies sourced from such suppliers, may not be effective in preventing disruptions that may arise from shortages or discontinuation of any ingredient that is sourced from such suppliers. In addition, increasing focus on climate change, deforestation, water conservation, animal welfare and human rights concerns and other risks associated with the global food system may lead to increased activism focusing on consumer goods companies, governmental intervention and consumer response, and could adversely affect our or our suppliers’ reputation and business and our ability to procure the materials we need to operate our business.
The raw materials and energy, including electricity, fuel and natural gas, that we use for the manufacturing, production and distribution of our products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility and fluctuations in availability caused by many factors, including changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions (including any potential effects of climate change), fire, natural disasters, disease or pests, agricultural uncertainty, pandemics, epidemics or other outbreak of disease, governmental incentives and controls (including import/export restrictions, such as new or increased tariffs, sanctions, quotas or trade barriers), limited or sole sources of supply, political uncertainties, acts of terrorism, governmental instability or currency exchange rates.
Shortage of some of these raw materials and other supplies, sustained interruption in their supply or an increase in their costs could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Many of our ingredients, raw materials and commodities are purchased in the open market. The prices we pay for such items are subject to fluctuation, and we manage this risk through the use of fixed-price contracts and purchase orders, pricing agreements and derivative instruments, including options and futures. If commodity price changes result in unexpected or significant increases in raw materials and energy costs, we may be unwilling or unable to increase our product prices or unable to effectively hedge against commodity price increases to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, revenue, margins and operating results. In addition, certain of the derivatives used to hedge price risk do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and, therefore, can result in increased volatility in our net earnings in any given period due to changes in the spot or market prices of the underlying commodities.
24



Water is a limited resource in many parts of the world. The lack of available water of acceptable quality and increasing pressure to conserve water in areas of scarcity and stress may lead to supply chain disruption; adverse effects on our operations; higher compliance costs; capital expenditures (including additional investments in the development of technologies to enhance water efficiency and reduce water consumption); higher production costs; the cessation of operations at, or relocation of, our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, joint venture partners or other third parties; or damage to our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely on local government and municipal agencies to provide several resources, including water, electricity and natural gas, in such quantities and of such quality to be of use as inputs for our products. These local government and municipal agencies are subject to various regulations and political pressures from numerous stakeholders, which may cause them to conserve resources or fail to protect the quality of these resources, at times when we rely on them to timely deliver our products to our customers. If these agencies are unable or unwilling to deliver resources of a suitable quantity or quality we may not be able to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by our customers, IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and retail customers, which may have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.
Pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks may change or disrupt consumption and trade patterns, supply chains, and production processes, which could materially affect our operations and results of operations.
Pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks could significantly change consumption patterns for our products. These changes could force us to rapidly adapt to those new patterns, and, if we do not, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, may depress or otherwise impact demand for our products because quarantines may inhibit consumption or as the result of other factors. Restrictions on public gatherings or interactions may also limit the opportunity for our customers and consumers to purchase our products, especially in certain of our sales channels, such as food service. Any economic downturn caused by any pandemic, epidemic or other disease outbreak may also cause substantial changes in consumer behavior, some of which we may not be able to predict with certainty, including:
A shift in consumer preference toward private label products and changes in consumer behavior to retail outlets that do not sell any, or a significant portion, of our products, such as hard discounters. See “― Disruptions in the worldwide economy may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations."
Rapid growth in sales through e-commerce websites, mobile commerce applications and subscription services, which is a channel through which we may not be able to effectively compete. See “— The evolution of e-commerce sales channels may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The spread of pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks may also disrupt logistics necessary to distribute products to us or our customers. Ports and other channels of entry may be closed or operate at only a portion of capacity, as workers may be prohibited or otherwise unable to report to work and means of transporting products within regions may be limited for the same reason.
Our operations, or those of suppliers and other members of our management team,supply chain, or IOs, third-party distributors and other participants in our distribution channels may become limited in their ability to procure, distribute, or produce our products because of transport restrictions related to quarantines or travel bans.
Workforce limitations and travel restrictions resulting from pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks and related government actions may impact many aspects of our business. If a significant percentage of our workforce is unable to work, including investmentsbecause of catastrophes, illness, travel or government restrictions in connection with pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, our operations may be negatively impacted.
We have developed, and transactionsperiodically update, our contingency plans to address disruptions such as pandemics, epidemics and other disease outbreaks, or similar disruption in our operations. If in the event of such a disruption our contingency plans are partially, or entirely, ineffective our operations and results of operations could be materially and adversely harmed.
Labor costs and logistical costs are increasing in the current economic climate, which has adversely affected our business operations and results of operations. These rising costs, as well as any increase in commodity costs may adversely affect our business operations and results of operations in the future. Our efforts to raise prices may not be successful at offsetting these cost increases and may have other adverse effects.
We have experienced operational challenges to our production facilities and logistics networks, shortage of labor and impacts from increases in prices of packaging materials.
25



In response to these inflationary costs, we have instituted price increases for our products. We cannot assure you that these price increases will be accepted by our customers without significant loss of sales, and we cannot guarantee that the price increases will sufficiently offset the inflationary pressures. If compressed gross profits continue or if we experience a loss of sales due to price increases, we may not be able to undertake future initiatives to drive growth.
Our financial position may be adversely affected by an unexpected event carrying an insurance obligation for which we have inadequate coverage.
We are primarily self-insured, up to certain limits, for associate group health claims. We purchase stop-loss insurance, which will reimburse us for individual and aggregate claims in excess of certain annual established limits. We are also primarily self-insured through large deductible insurance plans for automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation. We have utilized a number of different insurance vehicles and programs for these insurable risks and recognize expenses and reserves in accordance with the provisions of each insurance vehicle/program. We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, should they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the cost of insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends, market conditions, and availability.
We estimate the liabilities and required reserves associated with the risks we retain. Any such estimate or actuarial projection of losses is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are changes in benefit levels, medical fee schedules, medical utilization guidelines, severity of injuries and accidents, vocation, rehabilitation and apportionment and unpredictable external factors affecting inflation rates, discount rates, rising healthcare costs, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes, actual claim settlement patterns, and pandemics, epidemics and other disease outbreaks. If actual losses incurred are greater than those anticipated, our reserves may be insufficient and additional costs could be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. If we suffer a substantial loss that exceeds our self-insurance reserves, and any excess insurance coverage, the loss and attendant expenses could harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We have purchased stop-loss coverage from third parties for certain associate healthcare plans, which limits our exposure above the amounts we have self-insured.
In addition, while we currently maintain insurance coverage that is intended to address certain costs associated with aspects of our business, this insurance coverage, to the extent we utilize it, may not, depending on the specific facts and circumstances surrounding an incident, may be insufficient to cover the actual losses or the types of claims that arise from an incident, or the damage to our reputation or brands that may result from an incident.
Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.
The conduct of our businesses, including the procurement, production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as to laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which they have participatedour products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and businesses with which they have been associated, is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experienceregulations and performanceinterpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:
Food and drug laws (including FDA regulations and other applicable regulations);
Laws related to product labeling, including but not limited to California’s Proposition 65;
Advertising and marketing laws and practices;
Laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of certain of our foundersproducts;
Laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in certain of our products;
Laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of certain of our products;
Increased regulatory scrutiny of, and increased litigation involving, product claims and concerns regarding the effects on consumers’ health from ingredients in, or attributes of, certain of our products;
26



Farming and environmental laws;
Taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products;
State consumer protection and disclosure laws;
Anti-corruption laws;
Laws regulating transportation, including the use of motor vehicles;
Employment and labor laws, including laws regulating associate or independent contractor classification;
Privacy laws;
Export control laws;
Laws regulating the price we may charge for our products; and
Competition or antitrust laws.
New laws, regulations or governmental policy and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities.
As a food manufacturing company, all of our products must be compliant with regulations by various governmental authorities, the laws of the various states and localities where we operate and sell products, and a number of our products rely on independent certifications from regulatory agencies to label our products adequately and in compliance with laws and regulations. Any non-compliance with regulations or certification could harm our business.
We must comply with various FDA, FTC and USDA rules and regulations and the various state and localities where we operate and sell products (“Local Laws”), including those regarding product manufacturing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. It is possible that FDA, FTC and USDA regulations thereof may change over time. As such, there is a risk that our products could become non-compliant with the applicable regulations and any such non-compliance could harm our business. In addition, we rely on independent certification of our non-genetically modified organisms (“GMO”), organic, gluten-free and Kosher products and must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as such. Currently, the FDA does not directly regulate the labeling of Kosher or non-GMO products as such. The FDA has defined the term “gluten-free” and we must comply with the FDA’s definition if we include this label on our products. Our products could lose their non-GMO and gluten-free certifications if our raw material suppliers lose their product certifications for those specified claims. We could also lose our Kosher product certification if our production facility or a contract manufacturing plant is found to be in violation of required manufacturing or cleaning processes. The loss of any of these independent certifications, including for reasons outside of our control, could harm our business.
We also must comply with state rules and regulations, including Proposition 65 in California, which requires a specific warning on or relating to any product that contains a substance listed by the State of California as having been found to cause cancer or birth defects or other membersreproductive harm, unless the level of such substance in the product is below a safe harbor level established by the State of California. Interpretation and application of such rules, including potential differences in application on a state-by-state basis, may give rise to uncertainty as to the appropriate labeling and formulation of our products. In addition, the FDA has adopted labeling guidelines that will affect the labeling of both the front and back of many of our products. We are continually reviewing and revising our labeling activities in advance of new or changed requirements in anticipation of any rules coming into effect and in response to industry litigation trends. The imposition or proposed imposition of additional product labeling or warning requirements may reduce overall consumption of our products, lead to negative publicity (whether based on scientific fact or not) or leave consumers with the perception (whether or not valid) that our products do not meet their health and wellness needs, resulting in adverse effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
27



Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by the availability of ingredients.
Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as climate conditions, increased demand for ingredients by our competitors, changes in national and world economic conditions, currency fluctuations and forecasting adequate need of seasonal ingredients.
The ingredients that we use in the production of our products (including, among others, fruits, vegetables, nuts and grains) are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, water scarcity, temperature extremes, frosts, earthquakes and pestilences. Natural disasters and adverse weather conditions can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and crop quality, which in turn could reduce our supplies of ingredients or increase the prices of ingredients. Such natural disasters and adverse weather conditions can be caused or exacerbated by climate change. If our supplies of ingredients are reduced, we may not be able to find enough supplemental supply sources on favorable terms, if at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to our customers and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also compete with other manufacturers in the procurement of product ingredients, which may be less plentiful in the open market than conventional product ingredients. This competition may increase in the future if consumer demand for products increases. This could cause our expenses to increase or could limit the amount of products that we can manufacture and sell.
Potential liabilities and costs from litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries or investigations can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We and our subsidiaries are party to a variety of litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries and investigations, including but not limited to matters related to our advertising, marketing or commercial practices; product labels; the difference between the actual capacity of a container and the volume of product contained in such container (which is referred to as “slack fill”), claims and ingredients; our intellectual property rights; environmental, privacy, employment, tax and insurance matters; and matters relating to our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We evaluate such matters to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses and establish reserves as we deem appropriate. These matters are inherently uncertain and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in these matters, or that our assessment of the materiality of these matters and the likely outcome or potential losses and established reserves will be consistent with the ultimate outcome of such matters. In the event that management’s assessment of actual or potential claims and proceedings proves inaccurate or litigation, claims, proceedings, inquiries or investigations that are material arise in the future, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Responding to litigation, claims, proceedings, inquiries, and investigations, even those that are ultimately non-meritorious, requires us to incur significant expense and devote significant resources, including the time and attention of our management, team and may generate adverse publicity that damages our reputation or brand image, resulting in an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions.
We have periodically acquired other businesses or business assets and we plan to selectively pursue acquisitions in the businessesfuture to continue to grow and increase our profitability. Our acquisition strategy is based on identifying and acquiring brands with which they have been associated, including related to acquisitionsproducts that complement our existing products and shareholder returns, is not a guaranteeidentifying and acquiring brands in new categories and in new geographies for purposes of expanding our platform of snack foods. Although we regularly evaluate multiple acquisition candidates, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acquisitions of identified candidates on terms acceptable to us, or integrate acquisitions that we complete.
Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase valuations or adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, the risk that we improperly value and price a target, the inability to identify all of the risks and liabilities inherent in a target company notwithstanding our due diligence efforts, the diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business and strain on our existing personnel, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of our stockholder’s net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable candidateacquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions.
28



In addition, any future acquisitions may pose risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including outside the United States, distribution channels, lines of business or product categories, where we may not have significant or any prior experience and where we may not be as successful or profitable as we are in businesses and geographic regions where we have greater familiarity and brand recognition. Potential acquisitions may also entail significant transaction costs and require a significant amount of management time, even where we are unable to consummate or decide not to pursue a particular transaction.
In addition, even when acquisitions are completed, integration of acquired entities and business lines can involve significant difficulties, such as failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition; strain on our personnel, systems and operational and managerial controls and procedures; the need to modify systems or to add management resources; difficulties in the integration and retention of customers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies; amortization of acquired assets (which would reduce future reported earnings); possible adverse short-term effects on cash flows or operating results; diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business; integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures; coordinating sales and marketing functions; and failure to retain key personnel of an acquired business. Failure to manage these acquisition growth risks could have an adverse effect on us.
The geographic concentration of our markets may adversely impact us if we are unable to effectively diversify the markets in which we participate.
Our legacy business has been heavily concentrated in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States. In recent years, however, through a series of acquisitions, we have expanded our geographic footprint to include locations across the United States. This expansion, however, is relatively recent and we remain subject to the risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to the newly expanded regions. See “— We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions for a summary of risks associated with our initialgeographic expansion and acquisition strategy. Further, it is possible that the failure to effectively integrate acquired companies based in new geographic markets may frustrate our goal of diversifying our geographic presence, following which we may remain vulnerable to the financial risks associated with the lack of diversity.
We may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.
We depend on the skills and continued service of key personnel, including our experienced management team. In addition, our ability to achieve our strategic and operating goals depends on our ability to identify, hire, train and retain qualified individuals. We also compete with other companies both within and outside of our industry for talented personnel, and we may lose key personnel or fail to attract, train and retain other talented personnel. Any such loss or failure may adversely affect our business combination,or financial results. We may also lose the service of key personnel and significant portions of our workforce for extended periods of time due to pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks.
Our ability to be successful is also dependent upon the efforts of the Company Board and key personnel to oversee and operate a public company. We cannot assure you that the Company Board and our key personnel will be effective or successful or remain with us. In addition to the other challenges they will face, such individuals may be unfamiliar with certain requirements of operating a public company, which could cause our management to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such requirements.
Activities related to identifying, recruiting, hiring and integrating qualified individuals may require significant time and expense. We may not be able to locate suitable replacements for any members of the Company Board or key personnel who leave or suffer extended illness or disability, or offer employment to potential replacements on reasonable terms, each of which may adversely affect our business and financial results.
29



A portion of our workforce is represented by unions. Failure to successfully negotiate collective bargaining agreements, or strikes or work stoppages, could cause our business to suffer.
Some of our associates are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and other associates may seek to be covered by collective bargaining agreements. Strikes or work stoppages or other business interruptions could occur if we are unable to renew these agreements on satisfactory terms or enter into new agreements on satisfactory terms or if we are unable to otherwise manage changes in, or that affect, our workforce, which could impair manufacturing and distribution of our products or result in a loss of sales, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. The terms and conditions of existing, renegotiated or new collective bargaining agreements could also increase our costs or otherwise affect our ability to fully implement future operational changes to enhance our efficiency or to adapt to changing business needs or strategy.
We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy, including without limitation, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products, enhancing our brand recognition, and introducing new products and product extensions, in each case in a cost-effective manner, on a timely basis, or at all.
Our future success depends in large part on our ability to implement our growth strategy, including without limitation, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products, enhancing our brand recognition and introducing new products and product extensions. Our ability to implement our growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to develop new products, identify and acquire additional product lines and businesses, secure shelf space from retail customers, increase customer and consumer awareness of our brands, enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of our products and compete with numerous other companies and products. We cannot assure you that we will be able to provide positive returnssuccessfully implement our growth strategy and continue to maintain growth in our shareholders, or of any resultssales. If we fail to implement our growth strategy, our sales and profitability may be adversely affected.
Our continued success depends, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully and cost-effectively develop and innovate our product offerings in response to changing consumer preferences and trends with respect to any initial business combinationforms, flavors, textures and ingredients. As such, the level of new product innovation and the speed to market with these innovations are critical components of our business. The development and introduction of new products requires substantial research and development and marketing expenditures, which we may consummate. You shouldbe unable to recover if the new products do not relyachieve commercial success and gain widespread market acceptance. Such failures may arise if our new products do not reach the market in a timely manner or fail to align with consumer tastes, which may occur for many reasons, including our non-exclusive collaboration with third-party seasoning and flavor houses. Product innovation may also result in increased costs resulting from the use of new manufacturing techniques, capital equipment expenditures, new raw materials and ingredients, new product formulas and possibly new manufacturers. There may also be regulatory restrictions on the historical experiencesproduction and advertising of our founders or the other membersnew products, and our new products may cannibalize sales of our management team, including investmentsexisting products. In addition, under-performance of new product launches may damage overall brand credibility with customers and transactionsconsumers. Further, new products may not achieve success in the marketplace, due to lack of demand, failure to meet consumer tastes or otherwise. If we are unsuccessful in our product innovation efforts and demand for our products declines, our business would be negatively affected.
Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets could have an adverse impact on our financial results.
The net carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of acquired businesses in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities, and the net carrying value of other intangibles represents the fair value of trademarks, customer relationships, route intangibles and other acquired intangibles. Pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we are required to perform impairment tests on our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually, or at any time when events occur, which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated (such as Pinnacle Foods, AVINTIV and FGL Holdings), as indicative ofcould impact the future performance of an investment in us, including whether we can provide an attractive return to our shareholders, or as indicative of every prior investment by eachvalue of our founders and the other members ofreporting unit or our management team. The market price of our securities may be influenced by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, and our shareholders may experience losses on their investment in our securities.

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. For instance, if we were seeking to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be basedindefinite-lived intangibles. These values depend on a variety of factors, including the success of our business, market conditions, earnings growth and expected cash flows. Impairments to goodwill and other intangible assets may be caused by factors outside our control, such as increasing competitive pricing pressures, changes in discount rates based on changes in cost of capital or lower than expected sales and profit growth rates. In addition, if we see the timingneed to consolidate certain brands, we could experience impairment of our trademark intangible assets. There were no adjustments for impairments recorded in fiscal years 2023, 2022 or 2021, apart from an impairment related to our termination of a master distribution right of approximately $2.0 million in fiscal 2022. Significant and unanticipated changes in our business could require additional non-cash charges for impairment in a future period which may significantly affect our financial results in the period of such charge.

30



Disruptions in the worldwide economy may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Adverse and uncertain economic conditions may affect distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns, making it more difficult to sell our premium products. Due to the relative costs of our products, during economic downturns, it may be more difficult to convince consumers to switch to or continue to use our brands or convince new users to choose our brands without expensive sampling programs and price promotions. In particular, consumers may reduce their purchases of products without GMOs, gluten or preservatives when there are conventional offerings of similar products, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private-label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Shifts in consumer spending could result in increased pressure from competitors or customers that may require us to increase promotional spending or reduce the prices of some of our products, or limit our ability to increase or maintain prices, which could lower our revenue and profitability. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in their ordering in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. Our results of operations depend on, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
Instability in financial markets may also impact our ability, or increase the cost, to enter into new credit agreements in the future. Additionally, it may weaken the ability of our customers, suppliers, IOs, third- party distributors, banks, insurance companies and other business partners to perform their obligations in the normal course of business, which could expose us to losses or disrupt the supply of inputs we rely upon to conduct our business. If one or more of our key business partners fail to perform as expected or are contracted for any reason, our business could be negatively impacted.
Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.However, if consumers do not identify with our trademarks or other intellectual property rights, our brand may be significantly and adversely impaired.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly our trademarks, to be a significant and valuable aspect of our business. We protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, trade dress, patent, copyright and trade secret protection, contractual agreements and policing of third-party misuses of our intellectual property. Our failure to obtain or adequately protect our intellectual property or any change in law that lessens or removes the current legal protections of our intellectual property may diminish our competitiveness and adversely affect our business and financial results.
Competing intellectual property claims that impact our brands or products may arise unexpectedly. Any litigation or disputes regarding intellectual property may be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development, launch and sale of certain products. Any of these occurrences may harm our business and financial results.
While we believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property rights provide our business with significant value, we cannot make any assurances that consumers adequately identify with, or will continue to identify with, our trademarks and other intellectual property rights.If consumers do not identify with our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, our brand may be significantly and adversely impaired.
Disruptions, failures or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure could have a negative impact on our operations.
Information technology is critically important to our business operations. We use information technology to manage all business processes including manufacturing, financial, logistics, sales, marketing and administrative functions. These processes collect, interpret and distribute business data and facilitate communication internally and externally with associates, suppliers, customers and others.
31



We are, or may become, the target of attempted cyber and other security threats. Therefore, we continuously monitor and update our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses and other events that could have a security impact. We invest in industry standard security technology to protect our data and business processes against risk of data security breach and cyber-attack. Our data security management program includes identity, trust, vulnerability and threat management business processes as well as adoption of standard data protection policies. We measure our data security effectiveness through industry accepted methods and remediate significant findings. We maintain and routinely test backup systems and disaster recovery, along with external network security penetration testing by an independent third party as part of our business continuity preparedness. We also have processes in place to prevent disruptions resulting from the implementation of new software and systems of the latest technology.
While we have previously been subject to cyber-attacks and other security breaches, these incidents did not have a significant impact on our business operations. We believe our security technology tools and processes provide adequate measures of protection against security breaches and reduce cybersecurity risks. Nevertheless, despite continued vigilance in these areas, disruptions in or failures of information technology systems are possible and could have a negative impact on our operations or business reputation. Failure of our systems, including failures due to cyber-attacks that would prevent the ability of systems to function as intended, could cause transaction errors, loss of customers and whethersales, and could have negative consequences to our company, our associates and those with whom we do business. This in turn could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the cost to remediate any damages to our information technology systems suffered as a result of a cyber-attack could be significant.
Improper use or misuse of social media may have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.
In recent years we have expanded our consumer outreach and communications through use of various social media platforms. However, misuse of social media platforms by individuals, customers, consumers, competitors, or associates may result in unfavorable media attention which could negatively affect our business. Further, our competitors are increasingly using social media platforms to market and advertise products. If we are unable to adequately develop and deploy social media accounts on such platforms it could adversely affect our financial results.
Climate change or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change may negatively affect our business and operations or damage our reputation.
There is concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreased availability or less favorable pricing for certain commodities that are necessary for our products, such as potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, seasonings and packaging materials. Natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, such as a severe drought, hurricane, tornado, earthquake, wildfire or flooding, may disrupt the productivity of our facilities or the operation of our supply chain and unfavorably impact the demand for, or our consumers’ ability to purchase, our products.
Concern over climate change may result in new or increased regional, federal or global legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gases. In the event that such regulation is more stringent than current regulatory obligations or the measures that we are currently undertaking to monitor and improve our energy efficiency, we may experience disruptions in, or significant increases in our costs of, operation and delivery and be required to make additional investments in facilities and equipment or relocate our facilities. In particular, increasing regulation of fuel emissions can substantially increase the cost of energy, including fuel, required to operate our facilities’ production lines, or transport and distribute our products, thereby substantially increasing the distribution and supply chain costs associated with our products. As a result, the effects of climate change can negatively affect our business and operations.
In addition, any failure to achieve our goals with respect to reducing our impact on the environment or perception (whether or not valid) of our failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to new, or changes in, legal or regulatory requirements concerning climate change can lead to adverse publicity, resulting in an adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition or results of operations.
There is also increased focus, including by governmental and non-governmental organizations, investors, customers and consumers on these and other environmental sustainability matters, including deforestation, land use, climate impact and recyclability or recoverability of packaging, including plastic. Our reputation can be damaged if we or others in our industry do not act, or are perceived not to act, responsibly with respect to our impact on the environment.
32



Liabilities, claims or new laws or regulations with respect to environmental matters could have a significant negative impact on our business.
As with other companies engaged in similar businesses, the nature of our operations exposes us to the risk of liabilities and claims with respect to environmental matters, including those relating to the disposal and release of hazardous substances. Furthermore, our operations are governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate associate exposure to hazardous chemicals in the workplace. Any material costs incurred in connection with such liabilities or claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The increasing global focus on climate change and the need for corporate change may lead to new environmental laws and regulations that impact our business. Any such laws or regulations enacted in the future, or any changes in how existing laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted, may lead to an increase in compliance costs, cause us to change the way we operate or expose us to additional risk of liabilities and claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to increasing focus on ESG issues, including those related to climate change, and any perceived failure by us to meet ESG initiatives may negatively impact our business.
As climate change, land use, water use, deforestation, recyclability or recoverability of packaging, plastic waste, ingredients and other ESG and sustainability concerns become more prevalent, federal, state and local governments, non-governmental organizations and our customers, consumers and investors are increasingly sensitive to these issues. This increased focus on sustainability may result in new laws, regulations and requirements that could cause disruptions in or increased costs associated with developing, manufacturing and distributing our products. We could also lose revenue if our consumers change brands, our customers refuse to buy our products, or investors choose not to invest in our common stock if we do not meet their ESG and sustainability expectations. For example, during 2021, some of our major customers requested we respond to various questionnaires to evaluate our ESG efforts. Efforts to meet these standards could impact our costs, and failure to meet our customers’ expectations could impact our sales and business reputation. While we strive to minimize the environmental impact of our global operations, we may experience reduced demand for our products and loss of customers if we do not meet their ESG expectations, which could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our debt instruments contain covenants that impose restrictions on our operations that may adversely affect our ability to operate our business if we fail to meet those covenants or otherwise suffer a default thereunder.
Our debt instruments require us to comply with certain covenants before engaging in certain activities and terms which may limit our ability to enter into new acquisitions, licenses, mergers, and to take on new debt and sell assets. The terms of our debt instruments could adversely affect our operations and limit our ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business. These and other terms in the debt instruments have to be monitored closely for compliance and could restrict our ability to grow our business or enter into transactions that we believe will be beneficial to our business. If we are unable to comply with covenants in the agreements, commitments by the lenders thereunder may be terminated and the repayment of our indebtedness may be accelerated.
In addition, certain of our debt instruments are secured by a portfolio of 15 of our real estate assets, representing a majority of our real estate assets, including manufacturing plants, warehouses, and offices. In the event the secured party exercises its remedies with respect to our real estate assets, we could suffer material and adverse effects on our business, assets and results of operations.
Changes in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and/or cash flows.
As of December 31, 2023, we had borrowed an aggregate of $851.5 million subject to variable interest rate terms. In the future, we may have additional debt outstanding with exposure to interest rate risk. As a result, we may be adversely impacted by rising interest rates. Also, at December 31, 2023, we held derivative instruments whose market values are subject to changes in the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) rate. These derivative instruments have resulted, and may continue to result, in volatility in our financial results due to interest rate fluctuations.
The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), discontinued certain tenors of LIBOR in 2021 and intend to phased out the remaining tenors of LIBOR in 2023. The transition from LIBOR to other benchmarks has been the subject of private sector and governmental activity. During fiscal year 2022, we amended our credit agreement to change the reference interest rate applicable to revolving loan borrowings in U.S. dollars from LIBOR to a rate based on the adjusted term SOFR rate (as defined in each of our loan agreements).
33



It is unclear if alternative rates or benchmarks, such as SOFR, will be widely adopted, and this uncertainty may impact the liquidity of the SOFR loan markets. In addition, the transition from LIBOR could have a significant impact on the overall interest rate environment and on our borrowing costs. While we do not expect the transition from LIBOR and the risks related thereto to have a material adverse effect on us, it remains uncertain at this time.
Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in the United States or any particular jurisdiction in which we operate can reduce our after-tax income from such jurisdiction and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. An increase in tax rates would also cause a corresponding increase in the Company’s TRA liability as the Company is obligated to share 85% of the cash tax savings that are attributable to its increased tax basis in the UBH partnership assets per the Business Combination, future exchanges of UBH units for shares of the Company's stock by the Continuing Members, and annual TRA Payments, as well as the tax basis step-up that occurred in connection with the acquisition of Kennedy Endeavors, LLC (“Kennedy”), the DSD snacks business of Conagra Brands, Inc. (the “Kennedy Acquisition”). Existing tax laws in the United States have been and could in the future be subject to significant change. For example, in December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJ Act”), was signed into law in the United States. While our accounting for the recorded impact of the TCJ Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), may continue to impact our recorded amounts in future periods. Additional changes in the United States tax regime, including changes in how existing tax laws are interpreted or enforced, can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to regular reviews, examinations and audits by the IRS and other taxing authorities with respect to income and non-income-based taxes. Economic and political pressures to increase tax revenues in jurisdictions in which we operate, or the adoption of new or reformed tax legislation or regulation, may make resolving tax disputes more difficult and the final resolution of tax audits and any related litigation can differ from our historical provisions and accruals, resulting in an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes aimed at our products can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Certain jurisdictions in which our products are made, manufactured, distributed or sold have either imposed, or are considering imposing, new or increased taxes on the manufacture, distribution or sale of our products, ingredients or substances contained in, or attributes of, our products or commodities used in the production of our products. These tax measures, whatever their scope or form, could increase the cost of certain of our products, reduce consumer demand and overall consumption of our products, lead to negative publicity (whether based on scientific fact or not) or leave consumers with the perception (whether or not valid) that our products do not meet their health and wellness needs, resulting in adverse effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to the Ownership of our Securities
Resales of shares of our Class A Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
We had 81,187,977 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023, many of which may be freely resold by the holder of such shares or which have been registered by us for resale on a registration statement.
We have also registered up to 9,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Brands, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2020 Plan”), 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Brands, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and 1,557,941 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan. To the extent such shares have vested or vest in the future (and settle into shares, in the case of restricted stock units), they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates.
In addition, we have granted certain registration rights in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock that are obtainable in exchange for common units of UBH held by the Continuing Members.
Potential sales of shares of Class A Common Stock described above or the perception of such sales may depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock. A market for our Class A Common Stock may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.
34



The price of our Class A Common Stock can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our Class A Common Stock is not listed on, or becomes delisted from, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) for any reason, and is quoted on an over-the-counter market, the liquidity and price of such securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on NYSE or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your Class A Common Stock unless a market is sustained. Furthermore, the exerciseof up to 7,200,000 warrants that were initially issued to Collier Creek partners LLC, the sponsor of CCH (the “Sponsor”) simultaneously with the closing of its initially public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”), will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares and may reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
We are a holding company and our only material asset is our interest in UBH, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions made by our subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the TRA and pay dividends.
We are a holding company with no material assets other than our ownership of the Common Company Units and our managing member interest in UBH. As a result, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. Our ability to pay taxes, make payments under the TRA and pay dividends will depend on the financial results and cash flows of UBH and its subsidiaries and the distributions we receive from UBH. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of UBH and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair UBH’s ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that we need funds and UBH and/or any of its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of any financing arrangements, or UBH is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
UBH is intended to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of Common Company Units. Accordingly, we will be required to pay income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of UBH. Under the terms of the transaction would otherwise require usThird Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of UBH (the “Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement”), UBH is obligated to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even ifmake tax distributions to holders of Common Company Units (including us) calculated at certain assumed tax rates. In addition to income taxes, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the TRA, which could be significant, and some of which will be reimbursed by UBH (excluding payment obligations under the TRA). We intend to cause UBH to make ordinary distributions and tax distributions to holders of Common Company Units on a majority of our ordinary shares do not approve ofpro rata basis in amounts sufficient to cover all applicable taxes, relevant operating expenses, payments under the business combination we complete. Please see the section entitled “Item 1. Business — Shareholders May Not Have the AbilityTRA and dividends, if any, declared by us. However, as discussed below, UBH’s ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

19

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combinationmake such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions including, but not limited to, retention of amounts necessary to satisfy the exerciseobligations of your rightUBH and its subsidiaries and restrictions on distributions that would violate any applicable restrictions contained in UBH’s debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering UBH insolvent. To the extent that we are unable to redeem your shares from usmake payments under the TRA for cash.

Atany reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; provided, however, that nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the time of your investment in us, youTRA and therefore accelerate payments under the TRA, which could be substantial.

Additionally, although UBH generally will not be provided with an opportunitysubject to evaluate the specific merits or risks of our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding our initial business combinationany entity-level U.S. federal income tax, it may be limitedliable under recent federal tax legislation for adjustments to exercising your redemption rights withinits tax return, absent an election to the periodcontrary. In the event UBH’s calculations of time (whichtaxable income are incorrect, UBH and/or its members, including us, in later years may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this federal legislation and its related guidance.
We anticipate that the distributions it will be at least 20 business days) set forthreceive from UBH may, in certain periods, exceed our tender offer documents mailedactual tax liabilities and obligations to our public shareholdersmake payments under the TRA. The Company Board, in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders own, on an as-converted basis, 21.25% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders and management team also mayits sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time purchasewith respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares priorCommon Stock. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our initial business combination. Our amendedstockholders.

Dividends on our Class A Common Stock, if any, will be paid at the discretion of the Company Board, which will consider, among other things, our available cash, available borrowings and restated memorandumother funds legally available therefor, taking into account the retention of any amounts necessary to satisfy our obligations that will not be reimbursed by UBH, including taxes and articlesamounts payable under the TRA and any restrictions in then applicable bank financing agreements. Financing arrangements may include restrictive covenants that restrict our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to its stockholders. In addition, UBH is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of association providethe distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of UBH (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. UBH’s subsidiaries are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to UBH. If UBH does not have sufficient funds to make distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends may also be restricted or impaired.
35



Pursuant to the TRA, we are required to pay to Continuing Members and/or the exchanging holders of Common Company Units, as applicable, 85% of the tax savings that if we seek shareholder approvalrealized as a result of increases in tax basis in UBH’s assets as a result of the sale of Common Company Units for the cash consideration in the Business Combination, the purchase and redemption of the common units and preferred units in the Continuing Members and the future exchange of the Common Company Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement and certain other tax attributes of UBH and tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA, and those payments may be substantial.
At the closing of the Business Combination, the Continuing Members sold Common Company Units for the cash consideration in the Business Combination and may in the future exchange their Common Company Units, together with the surrender and cancellation of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receiveequal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, for shares of our Class A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the affirmative vote of a majorityThird Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions as set forth therein and in the Investor Rights Agreement dated August 28, 2020 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), entered into between the Company, the Sponsor, the Founder Holders, Collier Creek's independent directors (together with the Sponsor and the Founder Holders, the “Sponsor Parties) and the representative of the shares voted atSponsor (the “Sponsor Representative) in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination. In addition, we purchased common units and preferred units in the Continuing Members from third-party members, and the Continuing Members redeemed such meeting,units from us. These sales, purchases, redemptions and exchanges resulted in increases in our allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of UBH. These increases in tax basis may increase (for income tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income or franchise tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future had such sales and exchanges never occurred.
In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the TRA, which generally provides for the payment of 85% of certain tax benefits, if any, that we realize (or in certain cases is deemed to realize) as a result of these increases in tax basis and certain other tax attributes of UBH and tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA. These payments are our obligations and not of UBH. The actual increase in our allocable share of UBH’s tax basis in its assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the founder shares. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 16,062,501, or 36.51%,timing of exchanges, the market price of the 44,000,000 public sharesClass A Common Stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to be voted in favorwhich such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approvalthe recognition of our initial business combination,income. While many of the agreement by our initial shareholders and management team to vote in favorfactors that will determine the amount of our initial business combination will increase the likelihoodpayments that we will receivemake under the requisite shareholder approvalTRA are outside of our control, we expect that the payments it will make under the TRA will be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Any payments made by us under the TRA will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make timely payments under the TRA for such initial business combination.

Ifany reason, the saleunpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the TRA and therefore accelerate payments due under the TRA, as further described below. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the TRA could make it a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the forward purchase securities fails to close,tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the TRA.

In certain cases, payments under the TRA may exceed the actual tax benefits we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We entered into forward purchase agreements with our sponsor and our independent directors which provide forrealize or be accelerated.

Payments under the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. These purchasesTRA will be made regardless of whetherbased on the tax reporting positions that we determine, and the IRS or another taxing authority may challenge all or any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders. The forward purchase securities will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial business combination. The proceeds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. However, if the sale of the forward purchase securities does not close by reason of the failure by some or all of our sponsor or independent directors to fund the purchase price for their forward purchase securities, for example,tax basis increases, as well as other tax positions that we take, and a court may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. Additionally, our sponsor’s and independent directors’ obligations to purchase the forward purchase securities are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of the forward purchase securities by mutual written consent of the company and each of the sponsor or independent director nominee, or, automatically if our initial public offering is not consummated on or prior to September 7, 2019, or if our initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering orsustain such later date as may be approved by our shareholders. Our sponsor’s and independent directors’ obligations to purchase their forward purchase securities are subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including that our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with, and immediately following, the purchase of forward purchase securities and that the company must have delivered a certificate evidencing the company’s good standing as a Cayman Islands exempted limited company, as of a date within ten business days of the closing of the sale of forward purchase securities.challenge. In the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by us are disallowed, the Continuing Members and the exchanging holders will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made under the TRA, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, excess payments made to such holders will be netted against any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us, if any, after the determination of such excess. However, a challenge to any such failure to fund, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived, wetax benefits initially claimed by us may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall would also reducegreater than the amount of fundsfuture cash payments that we have available for working capitalmight otherwise be required to make under the terms of the post-business combination company. While our sponsor and independent directors represented to us that they have sufficient funds to satisfy their obligations under the respective forward purchase agreements, we have not obligated them to reserve funds for such obligations.

20

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing conditionTRA and, as a result, wouldthere might not be ablefuture cash payments against which to proceed withnet. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments under the business combination. Furthermore,TRA in noexcess of our actual income or franchise tax savings, which could materially impair our financial condition.

36



Moreover, the TRA provides that, in the event willthat (i) we redeemexercise our public sharesearly termination rights under the TRA, (ii) certain changes of control of the Company or UBH occur (as described in an amount that would cause our net tangible assetsthe Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement), (iii) we, in certain circumstances, fail to make a payment required to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subjectmade pursuant to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would causeTRA by its final payment date, which non-payment continues until the later of 30 days following receipt by us of written notice thereof and 60 days following such final payment date or (iv) we materially breach any of our net tangible assets to be lessmaterial obligations under the TRA other than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requiresforegoing clause (iii), which breach continues without cure for 30 days following receipt by us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portionwritten notice thereof and written notice of the cashacceleration is received by us thereafter (except that in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, ifcase that the TRA is rejected in a larger numbercase commenced under bankruptcy laws, no written notice of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. In addition, the amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessfulacceleration is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

21

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than five business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes paid or payable)required), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii)(iii) and (iii)(iv), tounless certain liquidity exceptions apply, our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combinationTRA will accelerate and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior electionsmake a lump-sum cash payment to redeem their shares.the Continuing Members and/or other applicable parties to the TRA equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the TRA, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. The purpose of any such purchases of shareslump-sum payment could be to vote such shares in favor ofsubstantial and could exceed the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a targetactual tax benefits that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subjectwe realize subsequent to such reporting requirements. See “Item 1. Business — Permitted purchases of our securities” for a description of how our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholderspayment because such payment would be calculated assuming, among other things, that we would have certain tax benefits available to purchase securities fromus and that we would be able to use the potential tax benefits in any private transaction.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securitiesfuture years.

There may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintaina material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the TRA exceed the actual income or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

22

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable,franchise tax savings that we will furnishrealize. Furthermore, our obligations to holdersmake payments under the TRA could also have the effect of our public shares in connection with our initialdelaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeemcombinations or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders are entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completionother changes of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

control.

The NYSE may delist our securitiesClass A Common Stock from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in shares of our securitiesClass A Common Stock and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants areCommon Stock is currently listed on the NYSE. Although we expect to meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards,However, we cannot assure you that shares of our securitiesClass A Common Stock will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination.future. In order to continue listing our securitiesClass A Common Stock on the NYSE, prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, share price and subjectdistribution levels. It is possible that our Class A Common Stock will cease to change as a result of recent rule changes proposed bymeet the NYSE distribution levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (currently 300 public holders).

Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination, and, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NYSE initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NYSE continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NYSE.

For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our market capitalization would generally be required to be at least $150,000,000. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

requirements.

If the NYSE delists our securitiesClass A Common Stock from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securitiesClass A Common Stock on another national securities exchange, we expect our securitiesClass A Common Stock could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

·a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·reduced liquidity for our securities;

23

A limited availability of market quotations for our Class A Common Stock;

·a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

·a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

·a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Reduced liquidity for our Class A Common Stock;
A determination that our Class A Common Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the Class A Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
A limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
A decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants areCommon Stock is listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants qualifyCommon Stock qualifies as a covered securitiessecurity under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities,Class A Common Stock, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if weour Class A Common Stock were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securitiesClass A Common Stock would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our Class A Common Stock and certain senior securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since

37



Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the net proceeds of our initial public offeringprice and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of  $5,000,000 upon the completion of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that since our units were immediately tradable, we have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our initial public offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would have prohibited the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15%trading volume of our Class A ordinary shares, you will loseCommon Stock.

Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections for us. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our share price or trading volume could decline. While we expect research analyst coverage, if no analysts cover us, or cease coverage of us, the market price and volume for our Class A Common Stock could be adversely affected.
Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to redeem all such shares in excesstake certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
Our Certificate of 15%Incorporation and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by the Company Board and therefore depress the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholderCommon Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of the Company Board or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in management. Among other things, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions regarding:

A classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of the Company Board;
The ability of the Company Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
The limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our initialdirectors and officers;
The right of the Company Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Company Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Company Board;
The requirement that directors may only be removed from the Company Board for cause;
The requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Company Board, the chairman of the Company Board or our chief executive officer, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
Controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of the Company Board and stockholder meetings;
The requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of (i) (a) at least 66 2∕3% or 80%, in case of certain provisions, or (b) a majority, in case of other provisions, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, and (ii) (a) at least 66 2∕3%, in case of certain provisions, or (b) a majority, in case of other provisions, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions of our Bylaws, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
The ability of the Company Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Company Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
Advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Company Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.
38



These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in the Company Board or management.
In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we will generally be subject to provisions of Delaware law, including the DGCL. Although we will elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation will, in a manner substantially similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, prohibit certain of our stockholders (other than certain stockholders who are specified in the Investor Rights Agreement) who hold 15% or more of our outstanding capital stock from engaging in certain business combination transactions with us for a specified period of time unless certain conditions are met.
Any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for the our Class A Common Stock or Class V Common Stock (collectively, without duplication, “Common Stock”).
In addition, the provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement provide the stockholders party thereto with certain board rights which could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
The Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other associates.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we doconsent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, other associates, agents or stockholders to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other associates, agents or stockholders (a) arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the Bylaws or (b) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other associates, agents or stockholders governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, as to any action in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), to the fullest extent permitted by law, be solely and exclusively brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not conduct redemptionsapply to any claim (a) as to which the Delaware Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Delaware Court of Chancery, or (c) arising under federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) as to which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Article XII of the Certificate of Incorporation will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such stockholder.
This choice-of-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our initial business combination pursuantdirectors, officers, stockholders, agents or other associates, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13find this provision of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rightsCertificate of Incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares soldspecified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our initial public offeringbusiness, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and the Company Board.
39



Certain of our significant stockholders and Utz Brands Holdings members whose interests may differ from those of our other stockholders will have the ability to significantly influence our business and management.
Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement that we entered into with the Sponsor(as amended, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), certain founder members of the Sponsor and their family members (the “Founder Holders”), the Sponsor Representative, the Continuing Members and the independent directors of CCH at the closing of the Business Combination in connection with the Business Combination, we agreed to nominate five designees by each of the Sponsor and the Continuing Members, respectively, to serve on the Company Board for so long as each of them and their respective affiliates and specified family members beneficially own certain specified percentages of certain economic interests in us and UBH held as of the closing of the Business Combination, without our prior consent, which we refer toduplication. Further, under the Investor Rights Agreement, since the Company Board increased the number of directors above ten, so long as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote allFounders Holders or Continuing Members own at least 75% of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investmenteconomic interest in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, youthat were held by such party immediately following the Business Combination (a “Qualified Party”), at least one representative of such Qualified Party serving on the Company Board must approve each action of the Company Board.Accordingly, the Continuing Members and the successors to the Sponsor will not receive redemption distributionsbe able to significantly influence the approval of actions requiring Company Board approval through their voting power. Such stockholders will retain significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the Excess Shares ifappointment and removal of our officers. In particular, the Continuing Members and the successors to the Sponsor could influence whether acquisitions, dispositions and other change of control transactions are approved. Additionally, for so long as the Continuing Members hold at least 50% of the economic interests held in us and UBH as of Closing (without duplication) they will have consent rights over certain material transactions with respect to us and our subsidiaries, including UBH.
The Certificate of Incorporation does not limit the ability of the successors to the Sponsor to compete with us, and any competitive behavior by the Sponsor could negatively impact our business.
The successors to the Sponsor, or its successors, and each of their respective affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the financial services and technology industries. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the successors to the Sponsor, and each of their respective affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that none of the successors to the Sponsor, any of their respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of its officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we completeoperate. The successors to the Sponsor, any of their respective affiliates also may pursue, in their capacities other than as members of the Company Board, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our initial business, combination. Andand, as a result, you will continuethose acquisition opportunities may not be available to holdus. In addition, the successors to the Sponsor may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, numberin its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
Our business and operations could be negatively affected if it becomes subject to any securities litigation or shareholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of shares exceeding 15%business and growth strategy and impact our stock price.
In the past, following periods of volatility in order to disposethe market price of such shares, would be required to sell your sharesa company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Shareholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

24

Becausevariety of situations, has been increasing recently. Volatility in the stock price of our limited resourcesClass A Common Stock or other reasons may in the future cause it to become the target of securities litigation or shareholder activism. Securities litigation and shareholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert management’s and the significant competition for business combination opportunities,Company Board's attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and shareholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders,attract and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other special purpose acquisition companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

As of December 31, 2018, we had $944,890 in cash held outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We believe that, upon closing of our initial public offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

25

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination,retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuringincur significant legal fees and impairment or other charges or file for bankruptcy protection, whichexpenses related to any securities litigation and activist shareholder matters. Further, our stock price could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges or file for bankruptcy protection, which could result in our reporting losses. For example, following an investment by one of our founders in Constellation Healthcare Technologies Inc. (“CHT”), CHT filed for bankruptcy protection. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt heldto significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reducedevents, risks and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us (except our independent registered public accounting firm) waiving any right, title, interest or claimuncertainties of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available to the company,securities litigation and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. The underwriters of our initial public offering will not execute an agreement with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to a letter agreement, our sponsor agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

26
shareholder activism.

40

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.




We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever.

Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if  (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholdersstockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders.stockholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’sstockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members

The valuation of our boardPrivate Placement Warrants could increase the volatility in our net income (loss) in our consolidated statements of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the membersearnings (loss).
The remeasurement of our boardPrivate Placement Warrants is the result of directorschanges in stock price and usPrivate Placement Warrants outstanding at each reporting period. The remeasurement of warrant liabilities represents the mark-to market fair value adjustments to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

27

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholdersoutstanding Private Placement Warrants issued in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be includedIPO of CCH. Significant changes in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claimsstock price or number of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

·restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

·restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

·registration as an investment company;

·adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

·reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. An investment in our securities is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

28

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations,Private Placement Warrants outstanding may adversely affect our business, includingnet income (loss) in our ability to negotiateconsolidated statements of operations and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such to 24 months before redemption from our trust account.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes paid or payable), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

comprehensive income (loss).

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of  $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

29

We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination. Our public shareholders will not have the right to elect directors until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Until we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to elect directors and to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the election of directors until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available.

If the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, holders of warrants will not be entitled to exercise such warrants and such warrants may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the registration under the Securities Act of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and thereafter will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following our initial business combination and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order.

If the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, under the terms of the warrant agreement, holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants will not be permitted to do so for cash and, instead, will be required to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

In no event will warrants be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration or qualification is available.

If our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of  “covered securities” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, not permit holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants to do so for cash and, instead, require them to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act; in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws, and in the event we do not so elect, we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

30

In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities (other than upon a cashless exercise as described above) or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

You may only be able to exercise your public warrants on a “cashless basis” under certain circumstances, and if you do so, you will receive fewer Class A ordinary shares from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

The warrant agreement provides that in the following circumstances holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants will not be permitted to do for cash and will, instead, be required to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act: (i) if the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement; (ii) if we have so elected and the Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of “covered securities” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act; and (iii) if we have so elected and we call the public warrants for redemption. If you exercise your public warrants on a cashless basis, you would pay the warrant exercise price by surrendering all of the warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” of our Class A ordinary shares (as defined in the next sentence) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” is the average reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent or on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, as applicable. As a result, you would receive fewer Class A ordinary shares from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and holders of our private placement warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to offering registration rights agreement, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, holders of our private placement warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights will be exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we agreed that we will use our reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the sponsor and all of the independent directors cease to hold the securities covered thereby, and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public marketPrivate Placement Warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders, holders of our private placement warrants or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

31
Common Stock.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target businessWe issued in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue a business combination with an operating company in the consumer goods industry or related sectors but may also pursue business combination opportunities in other sectors, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Because we intend to focus our search for business combination targets in the consumer goods industry and related sectors, we expect our future operations to be subject to risks associated with that industry or sectors.

We intend to focus our search for a target business or businesses in the consumer goods industry and related sectors. Because we have not yet announced an initial business combination, we cannot provide specific risks of any business combination. However, risks inherent in investments in the consumer goods industry and related sectors may include, but are not limited to, the following:

·Significant competition in the consumer goods industry, which could cause a loss of market share, lower prices or an increase in advertising and promotional expenditures;

·Ability to predict, identify and interpret changes in consumer preferences and develop and offer new products rapidly enough to meet those changes;

·Uncertain global economic conditions decreasing demand for products or causing customers and other business partners to suffer financial hardship;

·Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

·Failure to optimize the supply chain or disruption of the supply chain;

·Cost fluctuations, including due to changes in the prices of commodities and raw materials and the costs of labor, transportation, energy, pension and healthcare;

·Product recalls or product liability claims should products cause injury, illness or death;

·Significant changes in customer relationships or in customer demand for products;

·Ability to maintain and expand reputation and brand image;

·Reliance on third parties, such as suppliers, distributors and contractors, for certain functions; and

32

·Ability to obtain, maintain and enforce necessary intellectual property protections and to avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries outside of the consumer goods industry and related sectors (which may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidates in the consumer goods industry and related sectors, we will consider a business combination outside of the consumer goods industry and related sectors if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the consumer goods industry and related sectors after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in our initial public offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an initial business combination outside of the consumer goods industry and related sectors, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained herein regarding the consumer goods industry and related sectors would not be relevant to an understanding of the initial business combination we elect to consummate.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not meet some or all of these criteria. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

33

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, $0.0001 per share. There are 356,000,000 and 38,125,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares or the forward purchase shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, as described herein. There are no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on any initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preferred shares:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of our investors;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

·could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

Unlike some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis. However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis. This is different than some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

34

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants who or that is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust, if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person (a “U.S. Holder”), such U.S. Holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year (and, in the case of the startup exception, potentially not until after the two taxable years following our current taxable year). Our PFIC status for any taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

35

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management, director or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we scrutinize closely any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

36

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of our initial public offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

37

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may have acquired or may acquire during or after our initial public offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

As of December 31, 2018, our sponsor owned an aggregate of 11,680,000 Class B ordinary shares and our independent directors owned an aggregate of 195,000 Class B ordinary shares. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary shareCommon Stock at $11.50 per share, at a priceshare. Such Private Placement Warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of $1.50 per warrant ($10,800,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personalissued and financial interests of our executive officersoutstanding Class A Common Stock and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

38

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impactreduce the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments asthe Class A Common Stock.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require substantial financial and management resources.
As a privately held company, UBH was not subject to Section 404 of the dateSarbanes-Oxley Act. The standards required for a public company under Section 404 of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers agreedthe Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we will not incur any indebtedness unlessevaluate and report on our system of internal controls. Because we have obtained fromare no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we are required to comply with the lenderindependent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, we are required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The development of the internal control system to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may impose obligations on us. In fiscal year 2021, we identified and subsequently remediated a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kindmaterial weakness in or to the monies heldour internal control over financial reporting; however, in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assetsfuture if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation or prevailing interest rates; and

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

As of December 31, 2018, the net proceeds from our initial public offering, the private placement of warrants and the future sale of the forward purchase securities provide us with approximately $460,779,187 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after payment of offering costs, including the $15,450,000 in deferred underwriting commissions and deferred legal fees).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

39

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitabilityimplement and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain effective internal control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interestover financial reporting in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combinationfuture, investors may collectively own a minority interestlose confidence in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribedaccuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be seriously harmed.

The restatement of our financial statements in May 2021 has subjected us to additional risks and uncertainties, including increased professional costs and the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial numberincreased possibility of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, aslegal proceedings.
As a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majorityrestatement of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares thanfinancial statements, we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

40

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are notbecome subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transactionadditional risks and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combinationuncertainties, including, among others, increased professional fees and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary sharesexpenses and time commitment that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, special purpose acquisition companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, special purpose acquisition companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, special purpose acquisition companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending our warrant agreement in a manner that would adversely impact the registered holders of public warrants will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the then outstanding private placement warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of our initial public offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered in our initial public offering, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

41

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company (or 65% of our ordinary shares with respect to amendments to the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account), which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other special purpose acquisition companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who collectively beneficially own 21.25% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of our initial public offering, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other special purpose acquisition companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes paid or payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase securities will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction because we have not yet negotiated the acquisition of any prospective target business. If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase securities prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing oraddress matters related to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combinationrestatements, and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portionscrutiny of the fundsSEC and other regulatory bodies which could cause investors to lose confidence in the trust accountour reported financial information and could subject us to civil or criminal penalties or shareholder litigation. We could face monetary judgments, penalties or other sanctions that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause our stock price to decline.

Following the continued development or growth of the target business. Nonerestatement of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or afterhistorical financial statements, we account for our initial business combination.

42

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial shareholders own 21.25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our initial shareholders purchase any units or any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this Annual Report. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a terms for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting,Warrants as a consequencewarrant liability recorded at fair value upon issuance with any changes in fair value each period reported in earnings based upon a valuation report obtained from its independent third-party valuation firm. The impact of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial shareholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect directorschanges in any election held prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, meaning that holders of Class A ordinary shares will not have the right to elect any directors until after the completion of our initial business combination. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert substantial control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of  $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period endingfair value on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

43

In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of Class A ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A ordinary shares had your warrants remained outstanding.

Our warrantsearnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinaryCommon Stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2023 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.
41



Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity Risk Management
We maintain a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our critical information technology systems and information.
Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program, and shares common methodologies, incident reporting channels and make it more difficultgovernance processes as those used in our enterprise risk management. We designed and continue to effectuateassess our initialcybersecurity program based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (“NIST CSF”), which we use as a guide to help us identify, prioritize and manage the cybersecurity risks that could materially affect our business, combination.

financial condition or results of operations.

Our cybersecurity risk management program includes a Security Incident Response Plan (“SIRP”). Our SIRP provides the Company with the capability of planning, identifying, containing, and tracking cybersecurity incidents experienced by us or our third party service providers. Our SIRP was established to reduce or minimize the impact of cybersecurity incidents on our networks, IT systems, users or business processes. The execution of our SIRP is led by the Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) in conjunction with our Security Incident Response Team, comprised of network, system administrators and cybersecurity experts, who, in the event of incident, together perform a damage assessment, deliver impact notifications and implement containment procedures depending upon the incident. In addition, we also engage third parties on an as needed basis to assess our cybersecurity practices and procedures.
Our cybersecurity risk management program also includes:
a multi-layered approach to cybersecurity in order to protect our assets;
identification of key risk areas through internal reviews and researching trends;
continuous mitigation in the areas of human behavior, data breaches, remote work, third party vendors, removable media and emerging threats;
performance of multiple assessments both internal and external;
quarterly mandatory security training for employees as well as monthly phishing tests; and
multi-factor authentication.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we did not experience any cybersecurity incidents that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.
Cybersecurity Governance
We issued warrantsare committed to purchase 14,666,666protecting our information technology (“IT”) assets and data. This commitment includes the protection of IT assets relevant to our operations, employees, customers and suppliers’ data, intellectual property and our products, among others.
Our Company Board plays a role in overseeing risks associated with cybersecurity threats. The Audit Committee of the Board has been provided specific responsibility for overseeing the Company’s risk management of cybersecurity. The Audit Committee has appointed a member of the Audit Committee to receive certified cybersecurity training so he can provide specialized guidance to the Board and Company.
Periodically throughout the year, the CIO briefs the Audit Committee and Board on cybersecurity activities and long-term cybersecurity strategies, as well as general cybersecurity trends that could have a material impact on the Company. At any time, the Company Board members may raise concerns regarding the Company’s cybersecurity posture and recommend future changes to controls or procedures.
Our Audit Committee is also responsible for the oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats. Our CIO, Chief Financial Officer, and Security Incident Response Team provide regular updates to the Audit Committee of the Company Board on cybersecurity risks. Through these updates, the Audit Committee receives information on the status of key cybersecurity activities such as email phishing, event logging and data encryption, among others. Information regarding relevant cybersecurity training is provided as well.
42



Our CIO leads our management team in assessing and managing our response to cybersecurity threats and incidents. Our CIO has a Bachelor of Technology degree in Computer Science with over 30 years of experience in IT, with over five years managing IT Infrastructure and Security. The primary responsibility of the management team with respect to cybersecurity risk is managing our overall cybersecurity risk management program and supervising both our internal cybersecurity personnel and our retained external cybersecurity consultants, and working with all divisional, manufacturing, and functional teams on cybersecurity issues. The management team’s efforts to prevent, detect, mitigate and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents are enhanced by monthly and quarterly briefings from internal security personnel, by receipt of threat intelligence and other information obtained from governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants, periodic assessments against the NIST CSF and through alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in our IT environment. In the event a cybersecurity incident rise to the level of a corporate crisis, the management team along with the Security Incident Response Team would engage the Company Board.
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located at 900 High Street, Hanover, Pennsylvania 17331. We own the property for this corporate office, which includes approximately 44,000 square feet of corporate office space adjacent to one of our manufacturing facilities. In addition, we own other corporate office spaces in Hanover, Pennsylvania, including 1040 High Street with 16,000 square feet of office space, 240 Kindig Lane with 8,000 square feet of office space, and 350 Kindig Lane with 6,000 square feet of office space.
At February 14, 2024, we operated 10 principal manufacturing sites located in Algona, Washington; Goodyear, Arizona; Fitchburg, Massachusetts; Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania; Hanover, Pennsylvania; Berlin, Pennsylvania; Grand Rapids, Michigan; and Kings Mountain, North Carolina.
At February 14, 2024, we also operated 24 owned warehousing and distribution centers across the United States. These facilities supplement the warehousing and distribution capabilities co-located at our manufacturing facilities to ensure cost efficient delivery and timely access to products by our customers and DSD distributors. In total, we own approximately 38 properties in the United States that include manufacturing locations, warehouses, and office locations.
At February 14, 2024, we leased approximately 180 properties in the United States, which include warehouse locations, offices and small storage bins. We believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are generally well maintained and are adequate for our current and foreseeable business needs. Though we believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs, we believe that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed to maintain and support our ongoing business needs.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are named as a defendant in legal actions arising from our normal business activities. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that we are party to any currently pending material legal proceeding.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our Class A Common Stock is traded on NYSE under the symbol “UTZ”. As of February 27, 2023, the closing price for our Class A Common Stock was $18.48.
Market price information regarding our Class V Common Stock and Common Company Units is not provided because there is no public market for our Class V Common Stock or our Common Company Units. Subject to certain timing restrictions, a Common Company Unit can be exchanged, together with the forfeiture of a share of Class V Common Stock, for a share of Class A Common Stock.

43



Holders
As of February 14, 2024, there were 29 holders of record of our Class A ordinaryCommon Stock and two holders of record of our Class V Common Stock. The number of record holders does not include beneficial owners of our securities whose shares are held in the names of various security brokers, dealers, and registered clearing agencies.
Dividends
Our Company Board has adopted a dividend policy, pursuant to which we will make quarterly dividends on the Class A Common Stock, to the extent our Company Board determines that we have available cash, available borrowings and other funds legally available therefor, taking into account the retention of any amounts necessary to satisfy our obligations that will not be reimbursed by UBH, taxes and obligations under the TRA, and any restrictions contained in any applicable bank financing agreement by which we or our subsidiaries are bound. We declared $18.5 million, $17.6 million and $15.7 million in cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The annual dividend rate on our Common Stock in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $0.228 per share, $0.219 per share and $0.204 per share, respectively.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. We are a holding company without any direct operations and have no significant assets other than our ownership interest in UBH. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends depends upon the financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of, and our receipt of dividends, loans or other funds from, our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make funds available to us. In addition, there are various statutory, regulatory and contractual limitations and business considerations which impact the extent, if any, to which our subsidiaries may pay dividends, make loans or otherwise provide funds to us. For example, the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions, loans and other payments to us for the purposes described above and for any other purpose may be limited by the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness. The declaration and payment of dividends is also at the discretion of our Company Board and depends on various factors including our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Company Board.
In addition, under Delaware law, our Company Board may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then-current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.
44



Performance
The following graph compares the total shareholder return from December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2023, of (i) our Class A Common Stock, (ii) the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”) and (iii) the Standard and Poor’s ("S&P") 1500 Packaged Foods & Meats Index. The stock performance graph and table assume an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2018, and that all dividends of the S&P 500 Index and S&P 1500 Packaged Food & Meats Index, were reinvested. The performance graph and table are not intended to be indicative of future performance. The performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
4585
*Assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2018, trading on the NYSE under the ticker symbol CCH. Prior to our domestication to a Delaware corporation in connection with the Business Combination on August 28, 2020, these shares were referred to as Class A Ordinary Shares. Subsequent to the Business Combination, our Class A Common Stock was traded under the ticker symbol UTZ on the NYSE.
Item 6. [Reserved]





45



Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our fiscal year end is the Sunday closest to December 31. Our fiscal year 2021 ended January 2, 2022 and was a fifty-two-week fiscal year, our fiscal year 2022 ended January 1, 2023 and was a fifty-two-week fiscal year, and our fiscal year 2023 ended December 31, 2023 and was a fifty-two-week fiscal year. Our fiscal quarters are comprised of thirteen weeks each, except for fifty-three-week fiscal periods for which the fourth quarter is comprised of fourteen weeks, and end on the thirteenth Sunday of each quarter (fourteenth Sunday of the fourth quarter, when applicable).
Overview
Our Company was founded in 1921 in Hanover, Pennsylvania and benefits from over 100 years of brand awareness and heritage in the salty snack industry. We are a leading United States manufacturer of branded salty snacks, producing a broad offering of salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, veggie snacks, pork skins, pub/party mixes, and other snacks. Our iconic portfolio of authentic, craft, and BFY brands, includes Utz®, ON THE BORDER®, Zapp’s®, Golden Flake®, Boulder Canyon®, Hawaiian® Brand, and TORTIYAHS!®, among others, and enjoys strong household penetration in the United States, where our products can be found in approximately 49% of U.S. households as of December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we operate 14 manufacturing facilities across the United States with a broad range of capabilities. As of December 31, 2023, our products are distributed nationally to grocery, mass merchant, club, convenience, drug and other retailers through direct shipments, distributors, and approximately 2,250 direct-store-delivery (“DSD”) routes. We have historically expanded our geographic reach and product portfolio organically and through acquisitions. Based on 2023 retail sales, we are the second-largest producer of branded salty snacks in our core geographies where we have acquired strong regional brands and distribution capabilities in recent years.
Key Developments and Trends
Our management team monitors a number of developments and trends that could impact our revenue and profitability objectives.
Long-Term Demographics, Consumer Trends, and Demand – We participate in the attractive and growing $38 billion U.S. salty snacks category, within the broader approximately $129 billion market for U.S. snack foods as of December 31, 2023. The salty snacks category has grown retail sales at an approximate 10.1% compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") during 2019 through 2023 with a major spike in 2020 driven by consumption following the outbreak of the novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") and again from 2022 through 2023 driven by inflation. In the last few years snacking occasions have been on the rise as consumers increasingly seek out convenient, delicious snacks for both on-the-go and at-home lifestyles. A 2023 study from Circana cites that 54% of consumers eat snacks to add excitement to their daily diet, up two points versus two years ago and that 49% of consumers snack three or more times per day, up four points versus two years ago. Additionally, the salty snacks category has historically benefited from favorable competitive dynamics, including low private label penetration and category leaders competing primarily through marketing and innovation. We expect these consumer trends to continue to drive consistent retail sales growth for salty snacks for the foreseeable future.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, U.S. retail sales for salty snacks based on Circana data increased by 8.7% versus the comparable prior year period while our retail sales increased 6.3%. The 2 year CAGR during 2022 and 2023 was 12.2% for U.S. retail sales of salty snacks, during which time our retail sales increased by 11.3%.
Competition – The salty snack industry is highly competitive and includes many diverse participants. Our products primarily compete with other salty snacks but also compete more broadly for certain eating occasions with other snack foods. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the salty snack industry include taste, convenience, product variety, product quality, price, nutrition, consumer brand awareness, media and promotional activities, in-store merchandising execution, customer service, cost-efficient distribution, and access to retailer shelf space. We believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.
46



Operating Costs – Our operating costs include raw materials, labor, manufacturing overhead, selling, distribution, and administrative expenses. We manage these expenses through annual cost saving and productivity initiatives, sourcing and hedging programs, pricing actions, refinancing and tax optimization. Additionally, we maintain ongoing efforts led by our transformation office, to expand our profitability, including implementing significant reductions to our operating cost structure in both supply chain and overhead costs.
Taxes – On March 27, 2020, The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted which includes various tax provisions with retroactive effect. The CARES Act is an approximately $2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, which among other things contains numerous income tax provisions. Some of these tax provisions are effective retroactively for years ending before the date of enactment. We deferred $7.8 million of payroll tax deposits per the CARES Act. The deferred payroll taxes must be deposited in two installments, with the first installment of $3.9 million paid as of December 31, 2021, and the remaining $3.9 million was paid shortly after fiscal year 2022.
On August 16, 2022, the U.S. enacted the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“Inflation Reduction Act”), which, among other things, implemented a 15% minimum tax on book income of certain large corporations, a 1% excise tax on net stock repurchases and several tax incentives to promote clean energy. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the Inflation Reduction Act; however, we believe it is unlikely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flow.
Financing Costs and Exposure to Interest Rate Changes – As of December 31, 2023, we had $851.5 million in variable rate indebtedness, down from $867.4 million as of January 1, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, our variable rate indebtedness was benchmarked to the Term SOFR Screen Rate (‘SOFR”).As of December 31, 2023, we have entered into interest rate hedges covering $584.6 million of debt, of which, $500.0 million is covered through September 30, 2026 and a hedge that covers the outstanding principal balance of the loan by City National Bank which is secured by a majority of the real estate assets of the our subsidiaries (the “Real Estate Term Loan”) (Refer to Note 8. “Long-Term Debt.”) to our audited consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (our “Audited Financial Statements”)) through September 2032. Our interest rate hedge strategy has limited some of our exposure to changes in interest rates. We regularly evaluate our variable and fixed-rate debt. We continue to use low-cost, short- and long-term debt to finance our ongoing working capital, capital expenditures and other investments and dividends. Our weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was 6.3%, up from 4.7% during the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. We have used interest rate swaps to help manage some of our exposure to interest rate changes, which can drive cash flow variability related to our debt. Refer to Note 8. "Long-Term Debt" and Note 9. "Derivative Financial Instruments and Purchase Commitments" to our Audited Financial Statements for additional information on debt, derivative and purchase commitment activity. The Company has experienced the effect of increased interest rates on the portion of its debt that is not hedged and continued rising interest rates could negatively impact our net income.
Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability
Acquisitions and Dispositions
During fiscal year 2022, the Company focused on increasing manufacturing and streamlining distribution. In April 2022, the Company purchased a brand new, recently completed snack food manufacturing facility in Kings Mountain, North Carolina from Evans Food Group Ltd. d/b/a Benestar Brands and related affiliates. The Company paid the full cash purchase price of $38.4 million at the closing and concurrently with the facility purchase, the Company sold 2.1 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock for $28.0 million, to affiliates of Benestar in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. During fiscal year 2023 and 2022, the Company bought out and terminated the contracts of multiple distributors who had previously been providing services to the Company. These transactions were accounted for as contract terminations and asset purchases and resulted in expense of $1.5 million and $23.0 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
47



Commodity Trends
We regularly monitor worldwide supply and commodity costs so that we can cost-effectively secure ingredients, packaging and fuel required for production. A number of external factors such as weather, which may be impacted in unanticipated ways due to climate change, commodity market conditions, and the effects of governmental, agricultural or other programs, may affect the cost and availability of raw materials and agricultural materials used in our products. We address commodity costs primarily through the use of buying-forward, which locks in pricing for key materials between three and 18 months in advance. Other methods include hedging, net pricing adjustments to cover longer term cost inflation, and manufacturing and overhead cost control. Our hedging techniques, such as forward contracts, limit the impact of fluctuations in the cost of our principal raw materials; however, we may not be able to fully hedge against commodity cost changes, where there is a limited ability to hedge, and our hedging strategies may not protect us from increases in specific raw material costs. We experienced an increase in pricing in certain commodity trends that continued to rise throughout fiscal year 2022 and have since stabilized during fiscal year 2023. Commodity cost increases in commodity trends may adversely impact our net income. Additionally, the Company has experienced rising costs related to fuel and freight rates as well as rising labor costs which have negatively impacted profitability. Transportation costs have been on the rise since early in 2021 and may continue to rise which may also adversely impact net income. The Company looks to offset rising costs through increasing manufacturing and distribution efficiencies as well as through price increases to our customers, although it is unclear whether historic customer sales levels will be maintained at these higher prices. Due to competitive market conditions, planned trade or promotional incentives, or other factors, our pricing actions may also lag commodity cost changes.
While the costs of our principal raw materials fluctuate, we believe there will continue to be an adequate supply of the raw materials we use and that they will generally remain available from numerous sources. Market factors including supply and demand may result in higher costs of sourcing those materials.
Independent Operator Conversions
Our DSD distribution is executed via company-owned routes operated by RSPs, and third-party routes managed by IOs. We have used the IO and RSP models for more than a decade. In fiscal year 2017, we embarked on a multi-year strategy to convert all company-owned RSP routes to the IO model. As of December 31, 2023, substantially all of our DSD routes are managed by IOs. As of January 1, 2023, the mix between IOs and RSPs was approximately 93% and 7%, respectively. The conversion process involves selling distribution rights to a defined route to an IO. As we converted a large number of routes in a year, there is a meaningful decrease in the selling, distribution and administrative costs that we previously incurred on RSPs and a corresponding increase in discounts paid to IOs to cover their costs to distribute our product. The net impact is a reduction in selling expenses and a decrease in net sales and gross profit. Conversions also impact our consolidated balance sheet resulting in cash proceeds to us as a result of selling the route to an IO, or by creating notes receivable related to the sale of the routes.
Controls and Procedures
Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, we were not required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and were therefore not required in connection with periods ended prior to the consummation of the Business Combination to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports. We were required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2021. Beginning with the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, our independent registered public accounting firm was required to assess and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Results of Operations
Overview
The following tables present selected financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and fiscal year ended January 1, 2023.
We have prepared our discussion of the results of operations by comparing the results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 to the results of operations for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. Refer to Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, for discussion of the results of operations for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, compared to the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, which is incorporated by reference herein.
48



For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023
Net sales$1,438,237 $1,408,401 
Cost of goods sold981,751 959,344 
Gross profit456,486 449,057 
Selling, distribution and administrative expenses
Selling and distribution273,923 294,061 
Administrative159,196 150,343 
Total selling, distribution, and administrative expenses433,119 444,404 
(Loss) gain on sale of assets, net(7,350)691 
Income from operations16,017 5,344 
Other (expense) income
Interest expense(60,590)(44,424)
Other income3,066 400 
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability2,232 720 
Other expense, net(55,292)(43,304)
Loss before income taxes(39,275)(37,960)
Income tax expense (benefit)757 (23,919)
Net loss(40,032)(14,041)
    Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest15,095 13,649 
Net loss attributable to controlling interest$(24,937)$(392)
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023 versus Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023
Net sales
Net sales were $1,438.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $1,408.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. Net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 increased $29.8 million or 2.1% over the fiscal year 2022. The increase in net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily related to the flow-through of pricing actions that were taken in 2022 in response to inflationary pressures which accounted for a 4.6% increase in net sales, partially offset by a volume/mix decline of 1.8% due to SKU rationalization as well as 0.7% decline in net sales related to continued IO conversions.
IO discounts increased from $156.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023 to $179.3 million for the corresponding fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. Excluding the impacts of increased IO discounts related to IO conversions, organic net sales increased 2.8% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 versus the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023.
49



Net sales are evaluated based on classification as Power and Foundation brands. Our Power Brands are comprised of our iconic heritage Utz brand and iconic On The Border® brand;craft brands such as Zapp’s®, Golden Flake® Pork Skins, TORTIYAHS!, and Hawaiian®; BFY brands such as Boulder Canyon®; strong regional snacking brands such as Bachman®, Tim’s Cascade® Snacks, and "Dirty" Potato Chips®; and selected licensed brands such as TGI Fridays®. Our Foundation Brands include strong regional snacking brands, such as Golden Flake® Chips and Cheese, Snyder of Berlin®, and R.W. Garcia®; and BFY brands such as Good Health®, as well as other partner and private label brands. On February 5, 2024, the Company sold the Good Health and R.W. Garcia brands the to affiliates of Our Home™.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, Power brand invoiced sales increased by approximately 8.6%, while Foundation brand invoiced sales decreased approximately 5.4% from fiscal year 2022. The increase in Power brand invoiced sales was due primarily to favorable pricing actions and increased volumes, partially offset by the impact of continued IO conversions. Foundation brand invoiced sales decrease was primarily driven by volume decline and the impact of continued IO conversion, offset by certain pricing initiatives. The Company's volume for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was impacted by significant SKU rationalization focused on a reduction in private label, co-manufactured and partner branded products, which fall in Foundation Brands, as well as by weight outs and changes to price pack architecture.
Cost of goods sold and Gross profit
Gross profit was $456.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $449.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. Gross profit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 increased $7.4 million or 1.7% over the comparable period in fiscal year 2022. The increase in gross profit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was driven by productivity and pricing initiatives which were put in place to help reduce the impact of inflation on commodity costs, and wages which hindered gross profit, partially offset by volume decline. During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, gross profit was benefited by $6.0 million recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold related to proceeds received from a settlement of business interruption insurance, which reimbursed certain expenses as we shifted production to other facilities, including co-manufacturers, due to a natural disaster that affected one of our smaller manufacturing facilities.
Our gross profit margin was 31.7% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 versus 31.9% for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The decline in gross profit margin was primarily driven by commodity and wage inflation, transitory higher inbound freight costs, offset by the impact of productivity initiatives. Additionally, IO discounts increased to $179.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 from $156.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. IO conversions contributed to a gross profit decline of $9.2 million, or a gross profit margin impact of 0.7%, and the remaining IO discount growth was driven by pricing actions.
Selling, distribution and administrative expenses
Selling, distribution and administrative expenses were $433.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $444.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, a decrease of $11.3 million or 2.5%. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower acquisition and integration costs due to $23.0 million in the prior year period related to the buyout of multiple distributors and reductions of selling costs related to the continued conversion out of Company owned RSP to IO routes, offset by impairments of $12.6 million primarily related to the closing of the Company's manufacturing facility in Birmingham, Alabama and $4.7 million related to a contract termination with a co-manufacturer which both occurred in the current year period, and rising labor and higher stock-based compensation costs.
(Loss) Gain on sale of assets
(Loss) gain on sale of assets was $(7.4) million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The Company has continued to convert company-owned routes to IO routes during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which was substantially complete as of December 31, 2023, offsetting the sales price by the respective route intangible asset. The loss during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily related to the sale of the Company's manufacturing facility in Bluffton, Indiana which generated a loss of $13.4 million, partially offset by gain on sale of land for $4.0 million and the sale of IO routes and other fixed assets.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net was $55.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $43.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The increase in expense was driven by interest expense of $60.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $44.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to higher interest rates, which impacted the portion of debt that the Company has not hedged.
50




Income taxes
Income taxes were an expense of $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and a benefit of $23.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The income tax benefit recognized for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023 is largely driven by the removal of a portion of a valuation allowance, which partially offsets a deferred tax asset, which resulted in a $17.2 million income tax benefit. Please see Note 15. "Income Taxes" of our Audited Financial Statements for addition information.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use non-GAAP financial information and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in our underlying operating results and provides additional insight and transparency on how we evaluate the business. We use non-GAAP financial measures to budget, make operating and strategic decisions, and evaluate our performance. We have detailed the non-GAAP adjustments that we make in our non-GAAP definitions below. The adjustments generally fall within the categories of non-cash items, acquisition and integration costs, business transformation initiatives, and financing-related costs. We believe the non-GAAP measures should always be considered along with the related U.S. GAAP financial measures. We have provided the reconciliations between the U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures below, and we also discuss our underlying U.S. GAAP results throughout this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations.
Our primary non-GAAP financial measures are listed below and reflect how we evaluate our current and prior-year operating results. As new events or circumstances arise, these definitions could change. When the definitions change, we will provide the updated definitions and present the related non-GAAP historical results on a comparable basis.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
We define EBITDA as Net Income before Interest, Income Taxes, and Depreciation and Amortization.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash items, such as accruals for long-term incentive programs; hedging and purchase commitments adjustments; remeasurement of warrant liabilities and asset impairments; acquisition and integration costs; business transformation initiatives; and financing-related costs.
Adjusted EBITDA is one of the key performance indicators we use in evaluating our operating performance and in making financial, operating, and planning decisions. We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors in the evaluation of Utz’s operating performance compared to other companies in the salty snack industry, as similar measures are commonly used by companies in this industry, however we caution that other companies may use different definitions from us and such figures may not be directly comparable to our figures. We also report Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales as an additional measure for investors to evaluate our Adjusted EBITDA margins on net sales.
51



The following table provides a reconciliation from Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023:
(dollars in millions)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023
Net loss$(40.0)$(14.0)
Plus non-GAAP adjustments:
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)0.8 (23.9)
Depreciation and Amortization79.5 86.8 
Interest Expense, Net60.6 44.4 
Interest Income (IO loans)(1)
(2.0)(1.6)
EBITDA98.9 91.7 
Certain Non-Cash Adjustments(2)
50.7 11.3 
Acquisition and Integration(3)
8.6 45.8 
Business Transformation Initiatives(4)
31.0 22.1 
Financing-Related Costs(5)
0.2 0.3 
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability(6)
(2.2)(0.7)
Adjusted EBITDA187.2 170.5 
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of Net Sales13.0 %12.1 %
(1)Interest Income from IO Loans refers to Interest Income that we earn from IO notes receivable that have resulted from our initiatives to transition from RSP distribution to IO distribution. (“Business Transformation Initiatives”). There is a Notes Payable recorded that mirrors most IO notes receivable, and the interest expense associated with the Notes Payable is part of the Interest Expense, Net adjustment.
(2)Certain Non-Cash Adjustments are comprised primarily of the following:
Incentive programs – The Company incurred $15.5 million and $8.8 million of share-based compensation that was awarded to associates and directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, respectively.
Asset Impairments and Write-Offs — For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded an adjustment for a non-cash loss on sale of $13.7 million related to fixed assets for the sale of the Bluffton, Indiana plant, along with $4.7 million related to the termination of the contract that was settled with the sale, and impairments of $12.6 million related to the closure of the Company's manufacturing facility in Birmingham, Alabama and Gramercy, Louisiana. For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company recorded an adjustment for an impairment of $2.0 million related to the termination of distribution agreements.
Purchase Commitments and Other Adjustments – We have purchase commitments for specific quantities at fixed prices for certain of our products’ key ingredients. To facilitate comparisons of our underlying operating results, this adjustment was made to remove the volatility of purchase commitment related unrealized gains and losses. The adjustment related to Purchase Commitment and Other non-cash adjustments were $3.0 million and $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, respectively. In addition, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $1.2 million for the amortization of cloud based computing assets.
52



(3)Adjustment for Acquisition and Integration Costs – This is comprised of consulting, transaction services, and legal fees incurred for acquisitions and certain potential acquisitions, in addition to expenses associated with integrating recent acquisitions. Such expenses were $9.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, as well as $1.1 million of income for the change of liability associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. In fiscal year 2022, the majority of charges are related to the buyout of multiple distributors, which were accounted for as contract terminations resulting in expense of $23.0 million as well as other integration costs. During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, we incurred incremental costs of $21.8 million, for the integration of Truco Holdco Inc., R.W. Garcia Co., Inc., Kings Mountain, distributor buyouts, and costs to evaluate other potential acquisitions, as well as $1.0 million for the incremental liability associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement included in the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023.
(4)Business Transformation Initiatives Adjustment – This adjustment is related to consultancy, professional, and legal fees incurred for specific initiatives and structural changes to the business that do not reflect the cost of normal business operations. In addition, gains and losses realized from the sale of distribution rights to IOs and the subsequent disposal of trucks, severance costs associated with the elimination of RSP positions, and ERP transition costs, fall into this category. The Company incurred such costs of $31.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $22.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, which included the closure of our Gramercy, Louisiana and Birmingham, Alabama plants along with various other supply chain, commercial and administrative initiatives. During fiscal year 2023, we completed the closure of our Gramercy, Louisiana and Birmingham, Alabama manufacturing plants along with the sale of our Bluffton, Indiana manufacturing plant.
(5)Financing-Related Costs – These costs include adjustments for various items related to raising debt and equity capital or debt extinguishment costs.
(6)Gains and losses related to the changes in the remeasurement of warrant liabilities are not expected to be settled in cash, and when exercised would result in a cash inflow to the Company with the Warrants converting to Class A Common Stock with the liability being extinguished and the fair value of the Warrants at the time of exercise being recorded as an increase to equity.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
We believe that the cash provided by operating activities, our revolving credit facility, our term loans, and derivative financial instruments will continue to provide sufficient liquidity for our working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and future payments of our contractual, and tax obligations. We continually evaluate our financing strategy to meet our short- and longer-term capital needs. From time-to-time, we may dispose of assets or enter into other cash generating transactions, such as through a sale-leaseback, when we deem beneficial. To date, we have been successful in generating cash and raising financing as needed. However, if a serious economic or credit market crisis ensues or other adverse developments arise, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
ABL Facility
On July 20, 2023, the asset based revolving credit facility (as amended, the "ABL facility") withan initial aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million was amended to increase the credit limit to $225.0 million and extend the maturity through the earlier of July 20, 2028, or 91 days prior to the maturity of the $795.0 million in aggregate principal of Term Loan B (as amended, "Term Loan B"). The Company incurred fees of $0.7 million in connection with the amendment to the ABL facility. As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, $0.4 million and $0.0 million, respectively, was outstanding under this facility. Availability under the ABL facility is based on a monthly accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base certification, which is net of outstanding letters of credit and amounts borrowed. As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, $158.4 million and $163.0 million, respectively, was available for borrowing, net of letters of credit.Standby letters of credit in the amount of $12.2 million and $12.0 million have been issued as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively. The standby letters of credit are primarily issued for insurance purposes. Refer to Note 8. “Long-Term Debt” to our Audited Financial Statements for more information.
53



Cash Requirements
Our expected future payments at December 31, 2023 primarily consist of:
Short-term cash requirements related primarily to funding operations (including expenditures for raw materials, labor, manufacturing and distribution, trade and promotions, advertising and marketing, benefit plan obligations and lease expenses) as well as periodic expenditures for acquisitions, shareholder returns (such as dividend payments), property, plant and equipment and any significant one-time non-operating items.
Cash requirements related to Other Notes Payable and Capital Leases (Refer to Note 8. “Long-Term Debt to our Audited Financial Statements).
Long-term cash requirements primarily relate to funding long-term debt repayments and related interest payment on long-term debt (Refer to Note 8. "Long-Term Debt" to our Audited Financial Statements):
Long-term cash requirements related to our deferred taxes (Refer to Note 15. “Income Taxes” to our Audited Financial Statements).
Operating lease liabilities (Refer to Note 16. “Leases” to our Audited Financial Statements).
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Purchase Commitments
The Company has outstanding purchase commitments for specific quantities at fixed prices for certain key ingredients to economically hedge commodity input prices. Refer to Note 9. “Derivative Financial Instruments and Purchase Commitments” to our Audited Financial Statements.
IO Guarantees Off Balance Sheet
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Cadence Bank, Bank of America and M&T Bank for the purchase of routes, all of which was recorded by the Company as off-balance sheet arrangements. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default. Refer to Note 12. “Contingencies” to our Audited Financial Statements.
Cash Flow
The following table presents net cash provided by operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and fiscal year ended January 1, 2023:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023
Net cash provided by operating activities$76,640 $48,193 
Net cash used in investing activities(48,492)(76,067)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(49,055)58,906 
At December 31, 2023, our consolidated cash balance, including cash equivalents, was $52.0 million or $20.9 million lower than at January 1, 2023. Net cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was $76.6 million an increase of $28.4 million from the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The increase is largely driven by a decrease in inventory levels, an increase in cash net income, and faster cash collections on accounts receivable, partially offset by a decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to more favorable supplier terms as well as timing. Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was $48.5 million a decrease of $27.6 million from the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The decrease is largely driven by the decrease in purchases of property and equipment of $32.2 million. Fiscal year 2022 capital expenditures included $38.4 million related to a facilities purchase described further in Note 4. "Property. Plant. and Equipment" to our Audited Financial Statements. Net cash used in financing activities was $49.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 an increase of $108.0 million from the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower net cash borrowings of $83.3 million.
54



Debt Covenants
The Term Loan B and the ABL facility are collateralized by substantially all of the assets and liabilities of UBH and its subsidiaries excluding the real estate assets secured by the Real Estate Term Loan, including equity interests in certain of UBH’s subsidiaries. The credit agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants as to operations and the financial condition of UBH and its subsidiaries. UBH and its subsidiaries were in compliance with its financial covenants as of December 31, 2023. Refer to Note 8. “Long-Term Debt” to our Audited Financial Statements for more information.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to our Audited Financial Statements.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
General
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. While the majority of our revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are not based on estimates, there are certain accounting principles that require management to make estimates regarding matters that are uncertain and susceptible to change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that are reflective of significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Management regularly reviews the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements for reasonableness and adequacy. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", of our Audited Financial Statements; however, the following discussion pertains to accounting policies we believe are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require significant, difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may affect the comparability of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows to those of other companies.
Revenue Recognition
Our revenues primarily consist of the sale of salty snack items that are sold through DSD and direct-to-warehouse distribution methods, either directly to retailers or via distributors. We sell to supermarkets, mass merchandisers, club warehouses, convenience stores and other large-scale retailers, merchants, distributors, brokers, wholesalers, and IOs (which are third party businesses). These revenue contracts generally have a single performance obligation. Revenue, which includes shipping and handling charges billed to the customer, is reported net of variable consideration and consideration payable to customers, including applicable discounts, returns, allowances, trade promotion, consumer coupon redemption, unsaleable product, and other costs. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as receivables and require payment on a short-term basis and, therefore, we do not have any significant financing components.
We recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the goods to customers. Control is transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. Shipping and/or handling costs that occur before the customer obtains control of the goods are deemed to be fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs. Applicable shipping and handling are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as products’ control is transferred to customers. We assess the goods promised in customers’ purchase orders and identify a performance obligation for each promise to transfer a good that is distinct.
We offer various forms of trade promotions and the methodologies for determining these provisions are dependent on local customer pricing and promotional practices, which range from contractually fixed percentage price reductions to provisions based on actual occurrence or performance. Our promotional activities are conducted either through the retail trade or directly with consumers and include activities such as in store displays and events, feature price discounts, consumer coupons, and loyalty programs. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash expenditure. The recognition of these costs therefore requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. Differences between estimated expense and actual redemptions are recognized as a change in management estimate as the actual redemption is incurred.
55



Distribution Route Purchase and Sale Transactions
We purchase and sell distribution routes as a part of our maintenance of our DSD network. As new IOs are identified, we either sell our existing routes to the IOs or sell routes that were previously purchased by us to the IOs. Gain/loss from the sale of a distribution route is recorded upon the completion of the sale transaction and signing of the relevant documents and is calculated based on the difference between the sale price of the distribution route and the asset carrying value of the distribution route as of the date of sale. We record the distribution routes that we purchase based on the payment that we make to acquire the route as intangible assets and record the purchased distribution routes as indefinite-lived intangible assets under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The indefinite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles
We allocate the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests, require significant management judgments and estimates. These estimates are made based on, among other factors, review of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the cost of capital. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to our results of operations. Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill or intangible assets.
Finite-lived intangible assets consist of distribution/customer relationships, technology, trademarks, trade names and non-compete agreements. These assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment only when management has determined that potential impairment indicators are present.
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets (including trade names, trademarks, master distribution rights and Company owned routes) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level.
As we have adopted Accounting Standards Update 2017-04, simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, we will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over our fair value.
ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets also permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. If an entity believes, as a result of each qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not that goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not required.
For the qualitative impairment analysis performed, which took place on the first day of the fourth quarter, we have taken into consideration all the events and circumstances listed in FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, in addition to other entity-specific factors that have taken place from the period of the Business Combination, which assessed goodwill, on August 28, 2020. Our fiscal year 2023 qualitative analysis concluded that Goodwill and our intangible assets were not impaired.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which require us to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes we estimate are payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.
56



Under the terms of the TRA as part of the units offeredBusiness Combination Agreement, the Company generally will be required to pay to the Continuing Members 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax based on its ownership in UBH that the Company is deemed to realize in certain circumstances as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain tax attributes resulting from the Business Combination. This is accounted for in conjunction with the methods used to record income tax described above.
We follow the provisions of ASC 740-10 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.
The benefit of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our initial public offering and, simultaneously withincome tax returns is recognized in the closingfinancial statements if such positions are more likely than not of our initial public offering, we issuedbeing sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Differences between tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a private placement an aggregate of 7,200,000, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. We will also issue 1,166,666 forward purchase warrantstax return and the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the interpretation are referred to as “unrecognized benefits”. A liability is recognized (or amount of net operating loss carryover or amount of tax refundable is reduced) for an unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an enterprise’s potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a tax position that was not recognized as a result of applying the provisions of ASC 740-10. Interest costs and related penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are required to be calculated, if applicable. Our policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as interest expense and penalties as selling, distribution and administrative expenses. As of each of December 31, 2023, and January 1, 2023, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was required to be reported. We do not expect any significant changes in our unrecognized tax benefits in the next year.
Business Combinations
We evaluate acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not we have acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.
We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
57



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain commodity, interest rate, and credit risks as part of our ongoing business operations. We may use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage some of these risks related to interest rates. We do not use derivatives for trading purposes.
Commodity Risk
We purchase certain raw materials that are subject to price volatility caused by weather, market conditions, growing and harvesting conditions, governmental actions and other factors beyond our control. Our most significant raw material requirements include potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, and seasonings. We also purchase packaging materials that are subject to price volatility. In the normal course of business, in order to mitigate the risks of volatility in commodity markets to which we are exposed, we enter into forward purchase agreements. In addition, ifagreements with certain suppliers based on market prices, forward price projections and expected usage levels. Amounts committed under these forward purchase agreements are discussed in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 private placement warrants, atsection “Derivative Financial Instruments” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A 1% increase in the price of $1.50 per warrant.the commodities used within our products and packaging would result in a reduction of our gross profit of approximately $6.0 million.
Interest Rate Risk
Our variable-rate debt obligations incur interest at floating rates based on changes in the SOFR rate. To manage exposure to changing interest rates, we selectively enter into interest rate swap agreements to maintain a desired proportion of fixed to variable-rate debt. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the extent we issue ordinary sharessection “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information related to effectuateour interest rate swap agreements. These interest rate swap agreements fixed a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the valueportion of the Class A ordinary shares issued to completeinterest rate at a predictable level. Interest expense would have been $19.9 million higher without these swaps during the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increasefiscal year ended December 31, 2023. Including the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-third of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other special purpose acquisition companies.

Each unit contains one-third of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completioninterest rate swap agreements, the weighted average interest rate was 6.7% and 5.5%, respectively, as of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisableDecember 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023. A 1% increase in the aggregateSOFR rate would have resulted in an additional $3.3 million of interest expense during the fiscal year 2023 based on the unhedged portion of debt.

Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risks related to our accounts and notes receivable. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to minimize the potential exposure. We experienced no material credit losses during the fiscal years of 2023 or 2022. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, net bad debt expense was $1.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively. Our reserve for halfpotential future bad debt was $2.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and $1.8 million as of January 1, 2023.












58



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to the Financial StatementsPage


59



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Utz Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Utz Brands, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the number of shares comparedthree years in the period ended December 31, 2023 and the related notes (collectively referred to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may causeas the “financial statements”). In our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affectopinion, the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements we may losepresent fairly, in all material respects, the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combinationfinancial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to beAmerica.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), or PCAOB. the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statement requirements may limitstatements are the poolresponsibility of potential target businessesthe Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we may acquire because some targets mayplan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be unablecommunicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Customer trade promotions

As described further in Note 1 (Revenue Recognition) to the financial statements, the Company has recorded a reserve for customer trade allowances, consisting primarily of pricing allowances and programs associated with uncollected sales to customers. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash settlement. The reserve recorded requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. We identified the Company’s reserve for customer trade allowances associated with uncollected sales totaling $11.2 million as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that customer trade promotions associated with uncollected sales to customers is a critical audit matter is due to uncertainty around the amount and timing of settlements, which typically occur in a period subsequent to the related sales transactions.

60



Our audit procedures related to the customer trade promotions included the following, among others:
We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls related to the recording of the Company’s trade spending and calculations of trade reserves.
We analyzed the reserve by trade promotion type to identify unusual trends.
We re-performed management’s process for calculating the reserves and assessed the Company’s historical ability to accurately estimate its customer trade allowances by comparing historical estimates to final settlements.
We compared a selection of settlements subsequent to period end, which involved inspecting relevant source documents submitted by customers.



/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 29, 2024












61



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Utz Brands, Inc.
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Utz Brands, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2023, and our report dated February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide suchreasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in time for usaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to disclose suchthe maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with federal proxygenerally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 29, 2024



62



Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023
(In thousands, except share information)
As of
December 31, 2023
As of
January 1, 2023
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$52,023 $72,930 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $2,933 and $1,815, respectively135,130 136,985 
Inventories104,666 118,006 
Prepaid expenses and other assets30,997 34,991 
Current portion of notes receivable5,237 9,274 
Total current assets328,053 372,186 
Non-current Assets
Assets held for sale7,559 — 
Property, plant and equipment, net318,881 345,198 
Goodwill915,295 915,295 
Intangible assets, net1,063,413 1,099,565 
Non-current portion of notes receivable12,413 12,794 
Other assets101,122 95,328 
Total non-current assets2,418,683 2,468,180 
Total assets$2,746,736 $2,840,366 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Current portion of term debt$21,086 $18,472 
Current portion of other notes payable7,649 12,589 
Accounts payable124,361 114,360 
Accrued expenses and other77,590 92,012 
Total current liabilities230,686 237,433 
Non-current portion of term debt878,511 893,335 
Non-current portion of other notes payable19,174 20,339 
Non-current accrued expenses and other76,720 67,269 
Non-current warrant liability43,272 45,504 
Deferred tax liability114,690 124,802 
Total non-current liabilities1,132,367 1,151,249 
Total liabilities1,363,053 1,388,682 
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 81,187,977 and 80,882,334 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
Shares of Class V Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 61,249,000 shares authorized; 59,349,000 and 59,349,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital944,573 926,919 
Accumulated deficit(298,049)(254,564)
Accumulated other comprehensive income22,958 30,777 
Total stockholders’ equity669,496 703,146 
Noncontrolling interest714,187 748,538 
Total equity1,383,683 1,451,684 
Total liabilities and equity$2,746,736 $2,840,366 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
63



Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023, and January 2, 2022
(In thousands, except share information)
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Net sales$1,438,237 $1,408,401 $1,180,713 
Cost of goods sold981,751 959,344 796,804 
Gross profit456,486 449,057 383,909 
Selling, distribution and administrative expenses
Selling and distribution273,923 294,061 249,352 
Administrative159,196 150,343 125,855 
Total selling, distribution, and administrative expenses433,119 444,404 375,207 
(Loss) gain on sale of assets, net(7,350)691 1,864 
Income from operations16,017 5,344 10,566 
Other (expense) income
Interest expense(60,590)(44,424)(34,708)
Other income3,066 400 3,551 
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability2,232 720 36,675 
Other (expense) income, net(55,292)(43,304)5,518 
(Loss) income before income taxes(39,275)(37,960)16,084 
Income tax expense (benefit)757 (23,919)8,086 
Net (loss) income(40,032)(14,041)7,998 
    Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest15,095 13,649 12,557 
Net (loss) income attributable to controlling interest$(24,937)$(392)$20,555 
(Loss) earnings per share of Class A Common Stock:
(in dollars)
Basic$(0.31)$— $0.26 
Diluted$(0.31)$— $0.25 
Weighted-average shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding
Basic81,081,458 80,093,094 76,677,981 
Diluted81,081,458 80,093,094 81,090,229 
Net (loss) income$(40,032)$(14,041)$7,998 
Other comprehensive (loss) gain:
Change in fair value of interest rate swap(13,543)47,279 2,791 
Comprehensive (loss) income(53,575)33,238 10,789 
Net comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest20,819 (6,568)12,557 
Net comprehensive (loss) income attributable to controlling interest$(32,756)$26,670 $23,346 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
64



Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023, and January 2, 2022
(In thousands, except share information)
Class A Common StockClass V Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated (Deficit)Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeTotal Stockholders’ EquityNon-controlling InterestTotal Equity
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at January 3, 202171,094,714 $7 60,349,000 $6 $793,461 $(241,490)$924 $552,908 $831,994 $1,384,902 
Conversion of warrants4,976,717 — — 144,659 — — 144,659 (32,714)111,945 
Tax impact arising from exchanges and exercises of warrants— — (51,455)— — (51,455)— (51,455)
Share-based compensation573,214 — 12,960 — — 12,961 — 12,961 
Exchange1,000,000 — (1,000,000)— 12,949 — — 12,949 (12,949)— 
Net income— — — 20,555 — 20,555 (12,557)7,998 
Other comprehensive income— — — — 2,791 2,791 — 2,791 
Dividends declared ($0.204 per share of Class A Common Stock)— — — (15,663)— (15,663)— (15,663)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest— — — — — — (18,806)(18,806)
Balance at January 2, 202277,644,645 $8 59,349,000 $6 $912,574 $(236,598)$3,715 $679,705 $754,968 $1,434,673 
Payments of tax withholding requirements for employee stock awards— — (6,217)— — (6,217)— (6,217)
Share-based compensation1,132,316 — — 10,632 — — 10,632 — 10,632 
Issuance of common stock in connection with private placement sale2,105,373 — — 28,000 — — 28,000 — 28,000 
Tax impact arising from capital transactions— — (18,070)— — (18,070)— (18,070)
Net loss— — — (392)— (392)(13,649)(14,041)
Other comprehensive income— — — — 27,062 27,062 20,217 47,279 
Cash dividends declared ($0.219 per
share of Class A Common Stock)
— — — (17,574)— (17,574)— (17,574)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest— — — — — — (12,998)(12,998)
Balance at January 1, 202380,882,334 $8 59,349,000 $6 $926,919 $(254,564)$30,777 $703,146 $748,538 $1,451,684 
65



Class A Common StockClass V Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated (Deficit)Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeTotal Stockholders’ EquityNon-controlling InterestTotal Equity
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at January 1, 202380,882,334 $8 59,349,000 $6 $926,919 $(254,564)$30,777 $703,146 $748,538 $1,451,684 
Payments of tax withholding requirements for employee stock awards— — (589)— — (589)— (589)
Share-based compensation305,643 — — 17,069 — — 17,069 — 17,069 
Tax impact arising from capital transactions— — 1,174 — — 1,174 — 1,174 
Net loss— — (24,937)— (24,937)(15,095)(40,032)
Other comprehensive loss— — — — (7,819)(7,819)(5,724)(13,543)
Cash dividends declared ($0.228 per
share of Class A Common Stock)
— — — (18,548)— (18,548)— (18,548)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest— — — — — — (13,532)(13,532)
Balance at December 31, 202381,187,977 $8 59,349,000 $6 $944,573 $(298,049)$22,958 $669,496 $714,187 $1,383,683 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
66



Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023, and January 2, 2022
(In thousands)
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Cash flows from operating activities
Net (loss) income$(40,032)$(14,041)$7,998 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Impairment and other charges12,575 4,678 — 
Depreciation and amortization79,488 86,801 80,725 
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability(2,232)(720)(36,675)
Loss (gain) on sale of assets7,350 (691)(1,864)
Stock based compensation17,069 10,632 12,961 
Deferred income taxes(8,938)(29,359)4,828 
Amortization of deferred financing costs1,556 1,933 3,919 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net1,855 (5,597)(4,528)
Inventories12,652 (38,490)(10,595)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(14,433)(18,379)(2,931)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other9,730 51,426 (5,451)
Net cash provided by operating activities76,640 48,193 48,387 
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired— (75)(117,585)
Purchases of property and equipment(55,724)(87,965)(31,739)
Purchases of intangibles— — (1,757)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment9,539 4,333 3,033 
Proceeds from sale of routes28,665 23,399 14,186 
Proceeds from the sale of IO notes5,405 5,017 11,762 
Proceeds from insurance claims for capital investments1,700 3,935 — 
Notes receivable, net(38,077)(24,711)(13,998)
Net cash used in investing activities(48,492)(76,067)(136,098)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings on line of credit71,000 79,000 121,135 
Repayments on line of credit(70,632)(115,000)(85,135)
Borrowings on term debt and notes payable13,113 124,592 825,139 
Repayments on term debt and notes payable(29,211)(21,037)(795,488)
Payment of debt issuance cost(656)(3,660)(9,210)
Payments of tax withholding requirements for employee stock awards(589)(6,217)— 
Exercised warrants— — 57,232 
Proceeds from issuance of shares— 28,000 — 
Dividends paid(18,548)(17,157)(11,908)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest(13,532)(9,615)(18,987)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(49,055)58,906 82,778 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(20,907)31,032 (4,933)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period72,930 41,898 46,831 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$52,023 $72,930 $41,898 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
67



Utz Brands, Inc.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Utz Brands, Inc. ("UBI", the "Company", or "Successor", formerly Collier Creek Holdings ("CCH")) and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial statements and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and complete our initialregulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").
CCH was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on April 30, 2018 as a blank check company. CCH was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination withinwith one or more businesses that the prescribed time frame.

44
Company had not then identified. CCH’s sponsor was Collier Creek Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor").

On August 28, 2020, CCH domesticated into a Delaware corporation and changed its name to "Utz Brands, Inc." (the “Domestication”) and consummated the acquisition of certain limited liability company units of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC ("UBH"), the parent of Utz Quality Foods, LLC (“UQF”), as a result of a new issuance by UBH and purchases from UBH’s existing equity holders pursuant to a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020 (the “Business Combination Agreement”) among CCH, UBH and Series U of UM Partners, LLC (“Series U”) and Series R of UM Partners, LLC (“Series R” and together with Series U, the “Continuing Members”) (the Domestication and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”), following the approval at the extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders of CCH held on August 27, 2020. The Noncontrolling interest represents the common limited liability company units of UBH held by the Continuing Members.

We are

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in combination/consolidation.
Loss of Emerging Growth Company Status As of January 2, 2022, the Company no longer qualified as an emerging“emerging growth company, within the meaning” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act,1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), as modified by the JOBSJumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the "JOBS Act”), and we may takepreviously took advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in ourits periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholderstockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further,

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2019. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

45

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We are also subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors, advance notice procedures, inability of shareholders to call a meeting of shareholders, removal of directors only for cause and only by the board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

46

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we could be subject to a variety of additional risks that may adversely affect us. If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

·exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

·tariffs and trade barriers;

·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

·unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

·challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

·longer payment cycles;

·tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

·rates of inflation;

·challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

47

·cultural and language differences;

·employment regulations;

·underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

·corruption;

·protection of intellectual property;

·social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

·regime changes and political upheaval;

·terrorist attacks and wars; and

·deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such initial business combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

48

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Property

We currently maintain our executive offices at 200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10166. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of our management, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

49

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a)Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are each traded on the NYSE under the symbols “CCH.U,” “CCH” and “CCH WS,” respectively. Our units commenced public trading on October 5, 2018. Our Class A ordinary shares and warrants began separate trading on November 26, 2018.

(b)Holders

On December 31, 2018, there was one holder of record of our units, one holder of record of our Class A ordinary shares, 5 holders of our Class B ordinary shares and two holders of record of our warrants.

(c)Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d)Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(e)Performance Graph

Not applicable.

50

(f)Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On May 2, 2018, we issued 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares to our sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. On September 7, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in the sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,937,500 founder shares. On September 10, 2018, the sponsor transferred 45,000, 45,000, 52,500 and 52,500 founder shares to each of Antonio F. Fernandez, Matthew M. Mannelly, William D. Toler and Craig D. Steeneck, respectively. On October 4, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 12,375,000 founder shares. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option, and an aggregate of 500,000 founder shares were subsequently surrendered to us by our sponsor for no consideration on October 19, 2018. Of the 11,875,000 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, our sponsor owned an aggregate of 11,680,000 Class B ordinary shares and the independent director owned an aggregate of 195,000 Class B ordinary shares.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon the consummation of a Business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis. However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by us in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants (both as defined below)), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to the sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

The holders of the founder shares agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except to certain permitted transferees). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up.

Our sponsor purchased7,200,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering and generated gross proceeds of $10.8 million. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the proceeds from the initial public offering to be held in the trust account. If we do not complete a business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees.The sale of the private placement warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Use of Proceeds

On October 10, 2018, we consummated the initial public offering of 44,000,000 units, including the issuance of 4,000,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $440 million. Following the closing of the initial public offering and the private placement, $440,000,000 (which amount includes $15,400,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) was placed in the trust account.

51

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from such use as described in the Company’s final prospectus (File No. 333-227295), dated October 4, 2018, which was declared effective by the SEC on October 4, 2018.

(g)Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

References to the “company,” “Collier Creek Holdings,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Collier Creek Holdings, except where the context requires otherwise. The following discussion and analysis of the company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward looking statements. When used in this Annual Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward looking statements. Such forward looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to, those detailed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on April 30, 2018 (inception) as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. Although we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business combination, we focus our search on the consumer goods industry and related sectors.

The registration statement for our initial public offering was declared effective on October 4, 2018On October 10, 2018, we consummated the initial public offering of 44,000,000 units, including the issuance of 4,000,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option, at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $440 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $25.02 million, inclusive of $15.45 million in deferred legal fees and underwriting commissions. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant. Each whole public shares entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.

52

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we consummated the private placement of 7,200,000 warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant to our sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10.8 million. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share.

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and private placement, $440 million ($10.00 per unit) of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement were placed in a trust account and were invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by us meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business combination and (ii) the distribution of the trust account.

Our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied toward identifying and consummating an initial Business combination.

If we are unable to complete a Business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering, or October 10, 2020, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than five business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and our board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of our company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, was in preparation for our initial public offering, and since, such offering, our activity has been limited to the search for a prospective initial business combination. We will not generate any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial business combination.

For the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, we had a net income of approximately $1.9 million, which consisted of approximately $2.0 million in investment income, offset by approximately $137,000 in general and administrative costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2018, we had approximately $945,000 in cash and working capital of approximately $1.1 million

Our liquidity needs prior to and for the initial public offering were satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from our sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares (as defined below), $155,000 in loans available from our sponsor under a promissory note (the “Note”) and the net proceeds from the consummation of the Private Placement. We fully repaid the Note on October 17, 2018, after the closing of the initial public offering.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On May 2, 2018, we issued 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares to our sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. On September 7, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in the sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,937,500 founder shares. On September 10, 2018, the sponsor transferred 45,000, 45,000, 52,500 and 52,500 founder shares to each of Antonio F. Fernandez, Matthew M. Mannelly, William D. Toler and Craig D. Steeneck, respectively. On October 4, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 12,375,000 founder shares. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option, and an aggregate of 500,000 founder shares were subsequently surrendered to us by our sponsor for no consideration on October 19, 2018. Of the 11,875,000 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, our sponsor owned an aggregate of 11,680,000 Class B ordinary shares and the independent director owned an aggregate of 195,000 Class B ordinary shares.

53

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon the consummation of a Business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis. However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by us in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants (both as defined below)), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to the sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

The holders of the founder shares agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except to certain permitted transferees). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Initial Shareholders with respect to any founder shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up.

Private Placement

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we consummated the private placement of 7,200,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant to our sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10.8 million. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the proceeds from the initial public offering to be held in the trust account. If we do not complete a business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Related Party Loans

Under the Note, our sponsor loaned us $155,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the initial public offering. The Note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and was due upon the closing of the initial public offering. We fully repaid the Note on October 17, 2018.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the sponsor or an affiliate of the sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”). If we complete a business combination, we would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. In the event that a business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except as set forth above, the terms of the Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

54

Administrative Service Fee

We agreed, commencing on the effective date of the initial public offering through the earlier of our consummation of a business combination or our liquidation, to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space and secretarial and administrative services. We recorded an aggregate of approximately $27,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with this administrative services agreement in the accompanying statement of operations during the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018.

Forward Purchase Agreements

On September 7, 2018, we entered into forward purchase agreements with the sponsor and our independent directors which provide for the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 forward purchase shares, plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable forward purchase warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of  $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of the initial business combination. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as the public warrants. These purchases will be made regardless of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by public shareholders. The forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial business combination. The proceeds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination, expenses in connection with the initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

Contractual Obligations

Registration Rights

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on the effective date of the initial public offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of a business combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the sponsor and all of the independent directors or their respective assignees cease to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us.

Underwriting Agreement

We granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the prospectus relating to the initial public offering to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised this option in respect of 4,000,000 units, and, as agreed with the company, the underwriters waived their right to further exercise the over-allotment option.

55

The underwriters were entitled to underwriting discounts of $0.20 per unit, or $8.8 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the initial public offering. In addition, the underwriters were entitled to a deferred underwriting commission of $0.35 per unit, or $15.4 million in the aggregate. The deferred underwriting fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that we complete a Business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Deferred Legal Fees

We are obligated to pay deferred legal fees of $50,000 upon the consummation of an initial business combination for services performed in connection with the initial public offering. If no business combination is consummated, we will not be obligated to pay such fees.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to fair value of financial instruments and accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe there have been no significant changes in our critical accounting policies as discussed in our final prospectus relating to our initial public offering and our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018 and February 22, 2018, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2018, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the SEC adopted the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification, amending certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. In addition, the amendments expanded the disclosure requirements on the analysis of shareholders' equity for interim financial statements. Under the amendments, an analysis of changes in each caption of shareholders' equity presented in the balance sheet must be provided in a note or separate statement. The analysis should present a reconciliation of the beginning balance to the ending balance of each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed. We anticipate our first presentation of changes in shareholders' equity will be included in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

56

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

All activity as of December 31, 2018, related to our formation and the initial public offering and identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition targets for an initial business combination.

Following the consummation of our initial public offering, the portion of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account were invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by us meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business combination and (ii) the distribution of the trust account. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

At December 31, 2018, $442,048,296 was held in the trust account for the purposes of consummating an initial business combination. If we complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the consummation of our initial public offering, funds in the trust account will be used to pay for the business combination, redemptions of Class A ordinary shares, if any, the deferred underwriting compensation and deferred legal costs of $15,450,000, and expenses related to the business combination. Any funds remaining will be made available to us to provide working capital to finance our operation.

We have not engaged in any hedging activities since our inception. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

This information appears following Item 16 of this Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of December 31, 2018, as required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

57

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

58

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

Our officers and directors are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Roger K. Deromedi65Co-Executive Chairman
Jason K. Giordano40Co-Executive Chairman
Chinh E. Chu52Vice Chairman
Antonio F. Fernandez59Director
Matthew M. Mannelly61Director
Craig D. Steeneck61Director
William D. Toler59Director

Roger K. Deromedi, 65, has been our Co-Executive Chairman since June 1, 2018. Mr. Deromedi has over 40 years of operational experience in the consumer goods sector, overseeing multiple businesses and iconic consumer brands. Mr. Deromedi was Independent Chairman and Lead Director of Pinnacle Foods from April 2016 to October 2018 and was Non-Executive Chairman from July 2009 to April 2016 and Executive Chairman from April 2007 to July 2009. Mr. Deromedi also was an advisor to Blackstone in relation to their acquisition of the company in April 2007. Pinnacle Foods is a manufacturer and marketer of consumer branded food products, whose key brands includeBirds Eye (frozen vegetables, meals, and sides),Duncan Hines (desserts),Vlasic (pickles),Wishbone (salad dressings),Aunt Jemima (breakfast products),Mrs. Butterworth andLog Cabin (syrups),Udi’s and Glutino (gluten-free products), andGardein (plant-based entrees and meat substitutes), among others. During Mr. Deromedi’s tenure, the company acquired and successfully integrated multiple businesses including Birds Eye Foods, Wishbone, Gardein, and Boulder Brands, consistently meeting or exceeding synergy targets. From July 2013 to June 2015, Mr. Deromedi was an Executive Advisor for Blackstone in the consumer goods sector, and was an independent advisor to Blackstone from 2007 to 2013. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Deromedi was Chief Executive Officer of Kraft, at the time one of the world’s largest food companies, with iconic brands such asKraft,Maxwell House,Nabisco,Oscar Mayer andPhiladelphia. During this time, he integrated Kraft’s separate North American and International businesses. Prior to this, he was Co-CEO of Kraft from 2001 to 2003 during which time there was an initial public offering of the company, raising approximately $8.7 billion in gross proceeds. Mr. Deromedi was previously President of Kraft Foods International, President of the company’s Asia Pacific business, and President of Kraft’s Western European business, based in Zurich. He also served as Area Director of the company’s business in France, Iberia and Benelux, based in Paris, and was General Manager of Kraft’s cheese and specialty products businesses in the United States. He began his career with General Foods, Kraft’s predecessor company, in 1977 where he held various marketing positions. Mr. Deromedi previously served on the board of directors of Pinnacle Foods from 2007 to 2018, Kraft from 2001 to 2006 and The Gillette Company, Inc. from 2003 to 2005 (when the company was merged with The Procter & Gamble Company). Mr. Deromedi earned an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and a B.A. in economics and mathematics from Vanderbilt University.

Mr. Deromedi’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his experience as a senior executive officer and/or director of multiple businesses in the consumer sector, his track record of building significant shareholder value, his experience in evaluating, executing, and integrating acquisitions, and his history of serving as a director for several public and private companies.

59

Jason K. Giordano, 40, has been our Co-Executive Chairman since June 1, 2018. Mr. Giordano has over 15 years of investment and acquisition experience, with a focus in the consumer goods and related sectors. Mr. Giordano has been a Senior Managing Director at CC Capital since November 2018. Previously, Mr. Giordano was a Managing Director in the private equity group at Blackstone where he oversaw investments in the consumer, education, packaging and chemicals sectors. During his over 11 year tenure at Blackstone from August 2006 to October 2017, Mr. Giordano was involved in 12 initial and follow-on acquisitions representing over $10 billion of transaction value, including several investments in consumer, retail and related businesses. Prior to Blackstone, Mr. Giordano was a private equity investment professional at Bain Capital, LP and an investment banker with Goldman, Sachs, & Co. Mr. Giordano previously served on the board of directors of Pinnacle Foods, Inc., a U.S.-based manufacturer and marketer of branded food products, from 2007 to September 2015, Crocs, Inc. (Nasdaq: CROX), a global supplier of branded footwear, from January 2015 to October 2017, AVINTIV, a global supplier of specialty materials primarily sold to consumer goods manufacturers, from January 2011 to October 2015, Outerstuff LLC, a leading U.S. supplier of licensed children’s sports apparel, from May 2014 to October 2017, Ascend Learning, LLC, a provider of online professional training tools and educational software, from July 2017 to October 2017 and HealthMarkets, Inc., a direct-to-consumer provider of health, life, supplemental, and other insurance and related products, from February 2009 to October 2017. He also served as a board observer and advisor to Trilliant Food & Nutrition LLC, a manufacturer of private label food and beverage products, from September 2017 to July 2018. In April 2015, Mr. Giordano was named to the National Association of Corporate Directors’ “NextGen” list of prominent public company directors under 40 years of age. Mr. Giordano earned an M.B.A. with high distinction from Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar, and an A.B. with high honors in economics from Dartmouth College.

Mr. Giordano’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial investment and acquisition experience at blue chip financial institutions; his in-depth knowledge and strong network of relationships in consumer and related sectors; and his experience serving as a director for various public and private companies.

Chinh E. Chu, 52, has been our Vice Chairman since June 1, 2018. Mr. Chu has over 25 years of investment and acquisition experience. In 2016, Mr. Chu co-founded CF Corporation for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. CF Corporation sold 69,000,000 units in its initial public offering, generating gross proceeds of  $690,000,000. On November 30, 2017, CF Corporation consummated the acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a provider of annuities and life insurance products, for approximately $1,835,000,000 plus the assumption of  $405,000,000 of existing debt, and related transactions. In connection with the FGL business combination, the name of the company was changed from “CF Corporation” to “FGL Holdings” (NYSE: FG). Mr. Chu serves as Co-Executive Chairman of FGL Holdings. Mr. Chu is also the Founder and the Managing Partner of CC Capital, a private investment firm which he founded in November 2015. Before founding CC Capital, Mr. Chu worked at Blackstone from 1990 to December 2015, where Mr. Chu led numerous investments across multiple sectors, including technology, financial services, chemicals, specialty pharma and healthcare products, and packaging. Mr. Chu was a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone from 2000 until his departure in December 2015, where he served, at various points, as a member of Blackstone’s Executive Committee, the Co-Chair of Blackstone’s Private Equity Executive Committee and as a member of Blackstone Capital Partners’ Investment Committee. Before joining Blackstone in 1990, Mr. Chu worked at Salomon Brothers in the Mergers & Acquisitions Department. In addition to his role as Co-Executive Chairman of FGL Holdings, Mr. Chu has served on the boards of directors of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation since February 2019 and NCR Corporation (NYSE: NCR) and Stearns Mortgage since 2015. Mr. Chu previously served on the board of directors of AVINTIV from 2011 to 2012, BankUnited Inc. from 2009 to 2014, Kronos Incorporated from 2014 to 2015, Biomet, Inc. from July 2007 to September 2007 and from 2013 to 2015, Freescale Semiconductor, Ltd. from 2011 to 2015 and HealthMarkets, Inc. from 2006 to 2016. He also previously served on the board of directors of Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., AlliedBarton Security Services, Celanese Corporation, DJO Global, Inc., Graham Packaging, the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange, Nalco Company, Nycomed, Stiefel Laboratories and SunGard Data Systems, Inc. Mr. Chu received a B.S. in Finance from the University of Buffalo.

60

Mr. Chu’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and strategic business planning; his track record at Blackstone and in advising and managing multi-national companies; and his experience serving as a director for various public and private companies.

Antonio F. Fernandez, 59, served as Executive Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer of Pinnacle Foods from February 2011 to June 2016, where he was responsible for managing all aspects of the supply chain including procurement, manufacturing, distribution, product quality, innovation and sustainability. Mr. Fernandez also led Pinnacle Foods’s “maximizing value through productivity” continuous improvement initiatives, realizing gross savings of approximately 4% of cost of products sold annually. He was also closely involved in Pinnacle Foods’s acquisition, integration and synergy realization efforts. Prior to Pinnacle Foods, Mr. Fernandez was Senior Vice President, Operations Excellence at Kraft from 2010 to 2011. Prior to Kraft, Mr. Fernandez was Chief Supply Chain Officer at Cadbury plc, or Cadbury, from 2008 to 2010, where he managed a supply chain with total costs of approximately $7 billion, 67 manufacturing facilities and over 20,000 employees. From 2000 to 2010, Mr. Fernandez held several supply chain roles within Cadbury. Prior to Cadbury, Mr. Fernandez held various supply chain and related roles at Dr. Pepper, PepsiCo, Inc., and Procter & Gamble Co. Mr. Fernandez is President of AFF Advisors, LLC, an independent consulting firm, and has been a Senior Advisor to McKinsey & Company since August 2017. He has served on the board of directors of Liberty Property Trust (NYSE: LPT) since November 2014 and has been a Trustee of Lafayette College since May 2017.

Mr. Fernandez’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial supply chain and operations experience at several publicly-traded consumer companies; his record of realizing cost efficiencies and integrating acquisitions; and his experience serving as a director of a public company.

Matthew M. Mannelly, 61, served from September 2009 to May 2015 as Chief Executive Officer of Prestige Brands Holdings, or Prestige (NYSE: PBH), a leading supplier of branded over-the-counter medications and consumer healthcare products. During his tenure, Mr. Mannelly implemented several organizational changes, refined supply chain strategy, modified new product development, and increased investments in marketing and brand building activities. During Mr. Mannelly’s tenure, Prestige also successfully completed and integrated six strategic acquisitions, which further enhanced performance. Prestige reported that from 2010 to 2015, its Adjusted EBITDA nearly tripled, as net income grew from $32.2 million to $78.3 million, while Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales expanded by over 500 basis points over the same period. Prestige’s stock price increased from approximately $7 per share (as of September 2009) to approximately $44 per share (as of May 2015), a cumulative increase of approximately 506% or approximately a 37% annualized return. Prior to Prestige, Mr. Mannelly was Chief Executive Officer of Cannondale Bicycle Corporation from 2003 to 2008, where he led the restructuring and growth of the company leading up to its sale to a strategic buyer in 2008. Previously, Mr. Mannelly was President, Americas for Paxar Corporation from 2002 to 2003 and Chief Marketing Officer for the United States Olympic Committee from 2000 to 2002. He held various management roles at Nike, Inc. from 1993 to 2000, Sara Lee Corporation from 1992 to 1993, and Quaker Oats Company from 1983 to 1992. Mr. Mannelly has an M.B.A. from the University of North Carolina and a B.S. from Boston College. Mr. Mannelly has served on the board of directors of Spartan Nash (NYSE: SPTN), a grocery retailer and wholesale distributor, since February 2018. He previously served on the board of directors for Bauer Performance Sports from 2013 to 2017 and Prestige Brands from September 2009 to May 2015.

Mr. Mannelly’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his managerial experience at several publicly-traded and private consumer businesses; his track record of shareholder value creation; his experience across several consumer sub-sectors; and his experience serving as a public company director.

Craig D. Steeneck, 61, served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pinnacle Foods from July 2007 to January 2019, where he oversaw the company’s financial operations, treasury, tax, investor relations, corporate development and information technology functions and was an integral part of Pinnacle Foods’s integration team for several of its acquisitions. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Steeneck served as Executive Vice President, Supply Chain Finance and IT of Pinnacle Foods, helping to redesign the supply chain to generate savings and improve financial performance. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Steeneck served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Cendant Timeshare Resort Group (now Wyndham Destinations, Inc.), playing key roles in wide-scale organization of internal processes and staff management. From 2001 to 2003, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Resorts Condominiums International (now Wyndham Worldwide Corp.). From 1999 to 2001, he was the Chief Financial Officer of International Home Foods, Inc., a manufacturer of packaged food products acquired by ConAgra Foods in 2000. Mr. Steeneck has served on the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Freshpet, Inc. (Nasdaq: FRPT) since November 2014 and as a director and chairman of the audit committee of Hostess Brands, Inc. (Nasdaq: TWNK) since November 2016. Mr. Steeneck became the lead independent director of Hostess Brands, Inc. in January 2019.

61

Mr. Steeneck’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial financial operations, investment and acquisition experience; and his experience serving as a director for public companies.

William D. Toler, 59, is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hydrofarm and has been since January 2019. Previously, Mr. Toler served from April 2014 to April 2018 as Chief Executive Officer and President of Hostess Brands (Nasdaq: TWNK), a leading manufacturer of branded snacks and baked goods. During this time, Mr. Toler led the rebuilding of the iconic Hostess brand following the company’s 2013 acquisition out of bankruptcy by financial sponsors. During his tenure, the company increased its revenues, increased its market share, and completed several accretive add-on acquisitions. Mr. Toler also served as Chief Executive Officer through the company’s merger with a special purpose acquisition company in July 2016 and its initial listing as a publicly-traded company in November 2016. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Toler served as the Chief Executive Officer of AdvancePierre Foods (which period includes his time as Chief Executive Officer of its predecessor Pierre Foods from 2008 to 2010), a leading supplier of value-added protein and hand-held convenience products to the food service, school, retail, club, vending and convenience store markets. During Mr. Toler’s tenure, the company completed several strategic acquisitions, including Pierre Foods’ strategic acquisitions in 2010 of Advance Food Company, Inc., Advance Brands LLC, and Barber Foods LLC to form AdvancePierre Foods. From 2003 to 2008, Mr. Toler held key leadership roles at Pinnacle Foods, including President from 2005 to 2008 and EVP of Sales from 2003 to 2005, leading numerous customer-facing and other strategic initiatives. From 1981 to 2003, Mr. Toler held various leadership and sales positions at ICG Commerce, Campbell Soup Company, Nabisco, Reckitt & Colman and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Toler served on the board of directors of Hostess Brands from April 2014 to April 2018, AdvancePierre Foods from 2008 to 2013, and Pinnacle Foods from 2007 to 2008.

Mr. Toler’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his managerial experience at several consumer businesses; his track record of shareholder value creation; his experience leading and integrating acquisitions; and his history serving as a director at other public and private companies.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Messrs. Mannelly and Fernandez, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. Toler and Mr. Steeneck, will expire at our second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Messrs. Chu, Deromedi and Giordano, will expire at our third annual meeting of shareholders.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairmen of the board, chief executive officers, a president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

62

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee. Messrs. Steeneck, Mannelly and Toler serve as members of the audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent, subject to certain exceptions. Messrs. Steeneck, Mannelly and Toler are independent.

Mr. Steeneck serves as the Chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE, and our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Mannelly and Toler each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules. The primary purposes of our audit committee are to assist the board’s oversight of:

·the integrity of our financial statements;

·our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

·the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

·our process relating to risk management and the conduct and systems of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures; and

·the performance of our internal audit function.

The audit committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Steeneck, Toler and Fernandez, with Mr. Toler serving as chairman of the compensation committee.

The primary purposes of our compensation committee are to assist the board in overseeing our management compensation policies and practices, including:

·determining and approving the compensation of our executive officers; and

·reviewing and approving incentive compensation and equity compensation policies and programs.

The compensation committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE. This charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee. The members of our nominating and corporate governance are Messrs. Deromedi, Mannelly and Fernandez, with Mr. Deromedi serving as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Because our securities are listed on the NYSE, we have one year from the date of our initial public offering to have our nominating and corporate governance committee be comprised solely of independent directors, at which time Mr. Deromedi will resign from the committee.

63

The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to assist the board in:

·identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

·developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

·coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

·reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Director Nominations

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We have not formally established any specific minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our ordinary shares to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2018 there were no delinquent filers with the following exception: a Form 3 for Mr. Craig D. Steeneck, disclosing his beneficial ownership of 52,500 Class B ordinary shares, was not filed on time. On March 22, 2019, Mr. Steeneck took corrective action and filed a Form 3.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We filed a copy of our Code of Ethics as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to our initial public offering. You will be able to review our Code of Ethics and the charters of the committees of our board of directors by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We will disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

64

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines has been posted on our website.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

·duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

·duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

·directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

·duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

·duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

·duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

65

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

IndividualEntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Chinh E. ChuCC Capital Private InvestmentsFounder and Managing 
Partner
FGL HoldingsInsuranceCo-Executive Chairman
NCR CorporationSoftware, Computer 
Hardware and Electronics
Director
Stearns MortgageMortgage ServicesDirector
The Dun & Bradstreet CorporationBusiness ServicesDirector
Antonio F. Fernandez

AFF Advisors

Liberty Property Trust

McKinsey & Company

Consulting Firm 

Real Estate Investment Trust

Consulting Firm

President 

Board Member

Senior Advisor

Jason K. GiordanoCC Capital Private InvestmentsSenior Managing 
Director
Matthew M. MannellySpartan NashGrocery Retailer and 
Wholesale Distributor
Board Member
Craig D. Steeneck

Hostess Brands

Freshpet

Consumer Food Products

Consumer Products

Director


Director

William D. TolerHydrofarmHydroponic Garden SuppliesChairman and Chief Executive Officer

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

·Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

66

·Our initial shareholders entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. The other members of our management team entered into agreements similar to the one entered into by our sponsor with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after our initial public offering. Additionally, our initial shareholders agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Our initial shareholders agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lockup. The private placement warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and directors will own ordinary shares or warrants directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

·Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

·We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with an business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

·In no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by the company any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation for services rendered prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will pay $10,000 per month to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders agreed to vote their founder shares, and they and the other members of our management team agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the offering, in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

67

Our officers and directors agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to proceeds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if  (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

None of our executive officers or directors received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Since the consummation of our initial public offering and until the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will pay $10,000 per month to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination are made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, is paid by the company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

68

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may remain directors or negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 28, 2019 with respect to our ordinary shares held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers, and director that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 2019. The table also excludes Class A ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, as such shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination.

  Class B ordinary shares(2)  Class A ordinary shares    
Name of Beneficial Owners(1) Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Approximate
Percentage of
Class
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Approximate
Percentage of
Class
  Approximate
Percentage of
Voting
Control
 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.(3)        5,095,679   11.58%  9.12%
Manulife Asset Management Limited(4)        3,175,040   7.22%  5.68%
Collier Creek Partners LLC (our sponsor)(5)  11,680,000   98.36%        20.90%
Chinh E. Chu(5)  11,680,000   98.36%        20.90%
Roger K. Deromedi(5)  11,680,000   98.36%        20.90%
Jason K. Giordano(5)  11,680,000   98.36%        20.90%
Antonio F. Fernandez  45,000   *         * 
Matthew M. Mannelly  45,000   *         * 
William D. Toler  52,500   *         * 
Craig D. Steeneck  52,500   *         * 
1 officer and the directors as a group (seven individuals)  11,875,000   100%        21.25%

*Less than one percent.

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10166

(2) Interests shown consist of Class B ordinary shares, which will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof.

(3) Incudes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“Price Associates”), based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by Price Associates with the SEC on February 14, 2019. The business address of Price Associates is 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.

69

(4) Incudes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) and MFC’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries, Manulife Asset Management Limited (“MAML”), based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly by MFC and MAML with the SEC on February 14, 2019. The business address of MFC and MAML is 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1E5.

(5) Collier Creek Partners LLC is the record holder of such ordinary shares. Chinh E. Chu, Roger K. Deromedi and Jason K. Giordano are the managers of Collier Creek Partners LLC and share voting and investment discretion with respect to the ordinary shares held of record by Collier Creek Partners LLC. Each of Messrs. Chu, Deromedi and Giordano disclaims beneficial ownership over any securities owned by Collier Creek Partners LLC other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 21.25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares do not have the right to elect any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,200,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of  $1.50 per warrant ($10,800,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions described below. The private placement warrants will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. Our sponsor, or its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the private placement warrants on a cashless basis. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in our initial public offering. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in our initial public offering.

Our sponsor and our independent directors have agreed to make an aggregate investment of $35,000,000 in us at the time of our initial business combination. We entered into forward purchase agreements with our sponsor and our independent directors which provide for the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. The forward purchase warrants have the same terms as our public warrants. These purchases will be made regardless of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders. The forward purchase securities will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial business combination. The proceeds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

Collier Creek Partners LLC, our sponsor, and Messrs. Chu, Deromedi and Giordano are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

70

Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants

The founder shares, private placement warrants and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the agreements entered into by our initial shareholders and management team. Our initial shareholders agreed to not transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination and (B) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants are not transferable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination except in each case (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; (f) by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware or the limited liability company agreement of our sponsor upon dissolution of the sponsor in the event of our liquidation prior to our completion of our initial business combination; (g) in the event of the company’s liquidation prior to the completion of a business combination; or (h) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (f) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements.

Registration Rights

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be entered into prior to or on the effective date of our initial public offering. These holders will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us.

Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we agreed that we will use our commercially reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the sponsor and all of the independent directors or their respective assignees cease to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us.

Equity Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2018, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities were authorized for issuance.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

On May 2, 2018, we issued 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares to our sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. On September 7, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in the sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,937,500 founder shares. On September 10, 2018, the sponsor transferred 45,000, 45,000, 52,500 and 52,500 founder shares to each of Antonio F. Fernandez, Matthew M. Mannelly, William D. Toler and Craig D. Steeneck, respectively. On October 4, 2018, we effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 12,375,000 founder shares. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option, and an aggregate of 500,000 founder shares were subsequently surrendered to us by our sponsor for no consideration on October 19, 2018. Of the 11,875,000 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, our sponsor owned an aggregate of 11,680,000 Class B ordinary shares and the independent director owned an aggregate of 195,000 Class B ordinary shares. The total number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding equals 20% of the sum of the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares outstanding plus the number of Class A ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to the forward purchase agreements. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.

71

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,200,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of  $1.50 per warrant ($10,800,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Our sponsor and our independent directors have agreed to make an aggregate investment of $35,000,000 in us at the time of our initial business combination. We entered into forward purchase agreements with our sponsor and our independent directors which provide for the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. Our sponsor, Antonio F. Fernandez, Matthew M. Mannelly, William D. Toler and Craig D. Steeneck agreed to purchase, individually or through entities owned and/or controlled by them, 3,000,000, 100,000, 100,000, 150,000 and 150,000 Class A ordinary shares, respectively (or a price of $30.0 million, $1.0 million, $1.0 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million respectively). Our founders Chinh E. Chu, Roger K. Deromedi and Jason K. Giordano are the managers of our sponsor and share voting and investment discretion over any securities owned by our sponsor. Each of our founders, individually or through entities controlled by them, is a member of our sponsor, together with certain individuals with longstanding relationships with our founders.

We currently maintain our executive offices at 200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10166. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services, commencing on the closing of initial public offering. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Other than these monthly fees, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, is paid by the company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts from funds in the trust account. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

72

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors operates pursuant to a charter, setting forth the policies and procedures for its review and approval or ratification of  “related party transactions.” A “related party transaction” is any consummated or proposed transaction or series of similar transactions: (i) in which the company was or is to be a participant; (ii) the amount of which exceeds (or is reasonably expected to exceed) $120,000 in the aggregate over the duration of the transaction (without regard to profit or loss); and (iii) in which a “related party” had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. “Related parties” under this charter will include: (i) our directors or executive officers; (ii) any beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and (iii) any immediate family member of any of the foregoing.

Pursuant to the charter, the audit committee will consider (i) the relevant facts and circumstances of each related party transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arms’-length dealings with an unrelated third party, (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, (iii) whether the transaction contravenes our code of ethics or other policies, (iv) whether the audit committee believes the relationship underlying the transaction to be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders and (v) the effect that the transaction may have on a director’s status as an independent member of the board and on his or her eligibility to serve on the board’s committees. Management will present to the audit committee each proposed related party transaction, including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto. Under the charter, we may consummate related party transactions only if our audit committee approves or ratifies the transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the charter. The charter will not permit any director or executive officer to participate in the discussion of, or decision concerning, a related person transaction in which he or she is the related party.

Director Independence

An “independent director” is defined generally as a person who has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Steeneck, Fernandez, Mannelly, and Toler are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid WithumSmith+Brown, PC for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings.  The aggregate fees of Withum related to audit and review totaled approximately $80,000 for period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018. The above amounts include services in connection with interim review procedures and audit services in connection with our initial public offering, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

73

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, we did not pay Withum any audit-related fees.

Tax Fees

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we had no fees for tax services.

All Other Fees

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we had no fees for other services.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to thede minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

74

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

(1)Financial Statements

(2) Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Annual Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index.

Exhibit
No.
Description
3.1Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.(1)
4.1Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.(1)
10.1Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.(1)
10.2Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, the Sponsor and the Registrant’s independent directors.(1)
10.3Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor.(1)
10.4Administrative Services Agreement between the Registrant, the Sponsor and CC Capital Partners, LLC.(1)
10.5Letter Agreement between the Registrant, the Sponsor, its executive officers, its directors and the Sponsor.(1)
14Code of Ethics.
31.1Certification of Co-Executive Chairman (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1Certification of Co-Executive Chairman (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

*Filed herewith.
**These certifications are furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
(1)Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 10, 2018.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

75

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

March 28, 2019

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS
By:/s/ Jason K. Giordano
Name:Jason K. Giordano
Title: Co-Executive Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Date
/s/ Roger K. Deromedi
Roger K. DeromediCo-Executive ChairmanMarch 28, 2019
/s/ Jason K. GiordanoCo-Executive Chairman
Jason K. Giordano(principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer)March 28, 2019
/s/ Chinh E. Chu
Chinh E. ChuVice ChairmanMarch 28, 2019
/s/ Antonio F. Fernandez
Antonio F. FernandezDirectorMarch 28, 2019
/s/ Matthew M. Mannelly
Matthew M. MannellyDirectorMarch 28, 2019
/s/ Craig D. Steeneck
Craig D. SteeneckDirectorMarch 28, 2019
/s/ William D. Toler
William D. TolerDirectorMarch 28, 2019

76

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Financial Statements:
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2018F-3
Statement of Operations for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018F-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Collier Creek Holdings

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Collier Creek Holdings (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

New York, New York

March 28, 2019

F-2

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2018

Assets:   
Current assets:    
Cash $944,890 
Prepaid expenses  321,529 
Total current assets  1,266,419 
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  442,048,296 
Total assets $443,314,715 
     
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:    
Current liabilities:    
Accounts payable $115,112 
Accrued expenses  7,500 
Accrued expenses - related parties  26,774 
Total current liabilities  149,386 
Deferred underwriting commissions and legal fees  15,450,000 
Total liabilities  15,599,386 
     
Commitments    
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 42,061,226 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.05 per share  422,715,321 
     
Shareholders' Equity:    
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding  - 
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 1,938,774 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 42,061,226 shares subject to possible redemption)  194 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 11,875,000 shares issued and outstanding  1,188 
Additional paid-in capital  3,087,484 
Retained earnings  1,911,142 
Total shareholders' equity  5,000,008 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity $443,314,715 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

  For The Period From 
  April 30, 2018 (inception) 
  through December 31, 2018 
General and administrative expenses $137,154 
Loss from operations  (137,154)
Investment income on Trust Account  2,048,296 
Net income $1,911,142 
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares  44,000,000 
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A $0.05 
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares  11,875,000 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B $(0.01)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 30, 2018 (INCEPTION) through DECEMBER 31, 2018

  Ordinary Shares        Total 
  Class A  Class B  Additional Paid-In  Retained  Shareholders' 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Equity 
Balance - April 30, 2018 (inception)  -  $-  -  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor  -   -   12,375,000   1,238   23,762   -   25,000 
Sale of units in initial public offering  44,000,000   4,400   -   -   439,995,600   -   440,000,000 
Offering costs  -   -   -   -   (25,020,813)  -   (25,020,813)

Sale of private placement warrants to Sponsor

in private placement

  -   -   -   -   10,800,000   -   10,800,000 
Forfeiture of Class B ordinary shares  -   -   (500,000)  (50)  50   -   - 

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible

redemption

  (42,061,226)  (4,206)  -   -   (422,711,115)  -   (422,715,321)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   1,911,142   1,911,142 
Balance - December 31, 2018  1,938,774  $194   11,875,000  $1,188  $3,087,484  $1,911,142  $5,000,008 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 30, 2018 (INCEPTION) through december 31, 2018

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net income $1,911,142 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:    
General and administrative expenses paid by related parties  5,000 
Interest income held in Trust Account  (2,048,296)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (321,529)
Accounts payable  30,112 
Accrued expenses  7,500 
Accrued expenses - related parties  26,774 
Net cash used in operating activities  (389,297)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities    
Cash deposited in Trust Account  (440,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (440,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds received from note payable to related parties  150,000 
Repayment of note payable and general and administrative expenses paid by related parties  (155,000)
Proceeds received from initial public offering  440,000,000 
Proceeds received from private placement  10,800,000 
Payment of offering costs  (9,485,813)
Net cash provided by financing activities  441,334,187 
     
Net increase in cash  944,890 
     
Cash - beginning of the period  - 
Cash - end of the period $944,890 
     
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:    
Offering costs included in accounts payable $85,000 
Deferred legal fees and underwriting commissions in connection with the initial public offering $15,450,000 
Value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $422,715,321 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.   DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Collier Creek Holdings (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on April 30, 2018. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has not yet identified (a “Business Combination”). Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company focuses on the consumer goods industry and related sectors. The Company’s sponsor is Collier Creek Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”).

All activity for the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and its search for a Business Combination target. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The registration statement for the Initial Public Offering was declared effective on October 4, 2018. On October 10, 2018, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 44,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), including the issuance of 4,000,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $440 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $25.02 million, inclusive of $15.45 million in deferred legal fees and underwriting commissions (Note 5).

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 7,200,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10.8 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, $440 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company’s initial Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

F-7

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). These Public Shares subject to potential redemption were recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if (i) the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of such Business Combination and meets any additional requirements (including but not limited to cash requirements) agreed to in connection with such Business Combination and (ii) a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by the law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (the “Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Initial Shareholders (as defined below) agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the Initial Shareholders agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”"Exchange Act")), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares without the prior consent of the Company.

The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors (the “Initial Shareholders”) agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to provide for the redemption of its Public Shares in connection with a Business Combination or to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than five business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.

F-8

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding Public Shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s taxes (less taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses). The Initial Shareholders agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Initial Shareholders should acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, or less due to reductions in the value of the Trust Account Assets. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $945,000 in cash and working capital of approximately $1.1 million. 

The Company’s liquidity needs prior to and for the initial public offering were satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from the Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares (as defined below), to the Sponsor and $155,000 in loans available from the Sponsor under a promissory note, and the net proceeds from the consummation of the Private Placement. The Company fully repaid the promissory note on October 17, 2018, after the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

Based on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital to meet the Company's needs for the next twelve months from the report date. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination.

NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying balance sheet is presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-9

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company hashad elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard iswas issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, when it was as an emerging growth company, cancould adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neithereither not an emerging growth company noror is an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.

Use

68



Reclassification – Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. In our Consolidated Statements of estimates

Operation and Comprehensive Income and our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2022, the Company began combining Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, net and Gain on sale of routes, net, into a single line item as (Loss) gain on sale of assets to simplify our reporting presentation. The preparationreclassification had no impact on total operating costs, earnings from operations, net earnings, earnings per share or total equity.

Prior Period Revision - Statement of Cash Flows – For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company disclosed the borrowings of lines of credit and repayments of lines of credit as separate line items within the financing activities section of the financial statementsConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company has corrected these line items for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2023 and January 2, 2022 for comparability purposes and deems the change to those periods to be immaterial.

Operations – The Company has been a premier producer, marketer and distributor of snack food products since 1921. The Company has steadily expanded its distribution channels to where it now sells products to supermarkets, mass merchants, club stores, dollar and discount stores, convenience stores, independent grocery stores, drug stores, food service, vending, military, and other channels in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the datemost regions of the United States through routes to market, that include direct-store-delivery (“DSD”), direct to warehouse, and third-party distributors. The Company manufactures and distributes a full line of high-quality salty snack items, such as potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese balls, pork skins, party mixes, and popcorn. The Company also sells dips, crackers, dried meat products and other snack food items packaged by other manufacturers.
Segment Reporting – The Company operates in one reportable segment: the manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of snack food products. The Company defines reporting segments as components of an organization for which discrete financial statements.

Making estimates requires managementinformation is available and operating results are evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM”) in order to exercise significant judgment. Itassess performance and allocate resources. The CODM is at least reasonably possiblethe Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Characteristics of the organization which were relied upon in making the determination that the Company operates in one reportable segment include the similar nature of all of the products that the Company sells, the functional alignment of the Company’s organizational structure, and the reports that are regularly reviewed by the CODM for the purpose of assessing performance and allocating resources.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The majority of the Company’s cash is held in financial institutions with insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC”) of $250,000 per depositor. At various times, account balances may exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts Receivables – Accounts receivable are reported at net realizable value. The net realizable value is based on Company management’s estimate of the effectamount of receivables that will be collected based on analysis of historical data and trends, as well as review of significant customer accounts. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due when payments are not received within the customer’s credit terms. The Company's methodology to measure the provision for credit losses requires an estimation of loss rates based upon historical loss experience adjusted for factors that are relevant to determining the expected collectability of accounts receivable. Some of these factors include current market conditions, delinquency trends, aging behavior of receivables, and customer classes or individual customers as well as expectations of future credit losses and the customers ability to pay.
The Company's estimates are reviewed and revised periodically based on the ongoing evaluation of credit quality indicators. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from prior estimates. The Company's bad debt expense was $1.2 million and $0.9 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (based on a method that approximates first-in, first-out or weighted average) or net realizable value. Inventory write-downs are recorded for shrinkage, damaged, stale and slow-moving items.
Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Major additions and betterments are recorded to the asset accounts, while maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the lives of the assets, are charged to expense accounts as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the disposal period. Depreciation is determined utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets, which generally range from 2 to 20 years for machinery and equipment, 3 to 10 years for transportation equipment and 8 to 40 years for buildings. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The Company assesses for impairment on property, plant and equipment upon the occurrence of a condition, situation or settriggering event.
69



Hosting arrangements Certain of circumstancesour service contracts have been deemed to be hosting arrangements. Certain costs incurred for the implementation of a hosting arrangement that existed atis a service contract are capitalized and amortized on a straight–line basis over the dateterm of the financial statements, which management consideredrespective contract. Amortization begins for each component of the hosting arrangement when the component becomes ready for its intended use. Capitalized implementation costs are presented in formulating its estimate, could changeOther assets of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization expense of the capitalized implementation costs is presented in Administrative in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Offering costs

The Company complies with the requirementsConsolidated Statements of the FASB ASC 340-10-S9901 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5AOperations.

Income Taxes“Expenses of Offerings.” Offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs directly related to the Initial Public Offering, were charged to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subjectincome taxes pursuant to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A ordinary shares (including Class A ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, 42,061,226 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Net Income per Share

Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the initial Public Offering and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 21,866,667 shares of the Company’s Class ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted income per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

The Company��s statement of operations includes a presentation of income per share for ordinary shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per share, basic and diluted for Class A ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding since the initial issuance. Net income per share, basic and diluted for Class B ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income, less income attributable to Public Shares, by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding for the period.

F-10

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approachmethod of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes, which requires it to financial accountingrecognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes it estimates are payable or refundable for the current year, and reporting for income taxes. Deferred incomedeferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statementsstatement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based onand the expected benefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and rates applicableexpected to apply to taxable income in the periodsyears in which thethose temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reducebe recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740-10 related to the amount expected to be realized.

accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC Topic 740740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attributecomprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and measurementdisclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.

The benefit of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax returns is recognized in the financial statements if such positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Differences between tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefitsreturn and the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to bethe interpretation are referred to as "unrecognized benefits.” A liability is recognized (or amount of net operating loss carryover or amount of tax refundable is reduced) for an unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an enterprise’s potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that was not recognized as a result of applying the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interestprovisions of ASC 740-10. Interest costs and related penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are required to be calculated, if applicable. The Company’s policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as income tax expense. There wereinterest expense and penalties as selling, distribution, general and administrative expenses ("SD&A"). As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was required to be reported. The Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next fiscal year.
Distribution Route Acquisition and no amounts accrued for interestSale Transactions – The Company acquires and penaltiessells distribution routes as a part of the Company’s maintenance of its DSD network. As new independent operators ("IOs”) are identified, the Company either sells its newly-created or existing Company-managed routes to IOs or sells routes that were previously acquired by the Company to IOs. Gain/loss from the sale of a distribution route is recorded upon the completion of the sale transaction, and is calculated based on the difference between the sale price of the distribution route and the asset carrying value of the distribution route as of December 31, 2018.the date of sale. The Company is currently not awarerecords intangible assets for distribution routes that it purchases based on the payment that the Company makes to acquire the route, and records the purchased distribution routes as indefinite-lived intangible assets under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. The indefinite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets – The Company allocates the cost of any issues underacquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests, require significant management judgments and estimates. These estimates are made based on, among other factors, review thatof projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the cost of capital. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to the Company’s results of operations. Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Governmentan impairment of the Cayman Islands. goodwill or intangible assets.

Finite-lived intangible assets consist of distribution/customer relationships, technology, certain master distribution rights and certain trademarks. These assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment only when management has determined that potential impairment indicators are present.
70



Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets (including certain trademarks, trade names, certain master distribution rights and Company-owned sales routes) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company has identified the existing snack food operations as its sole reporting unit.
In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected inFASB Accounting Standards Update ("ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other ("Topic 350”): Simplifying the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2018, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believesTest for Goodwill Impairment, the Company is required to record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value.

Topic 350, also permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. If an entity believes, as a result of each qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fairthat the fair value of goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying value then a quantitative impairment test is not required.

For the latest qualitative analysis performed, which took place on the first day of the fourth quarter of 2023, we had taken into consideration all the events and circumstances listed in Topic 350, in addition to other entity-specific factors that have taken place. Our fiscal year 2023 qualitative analysis concluded that Goodwill and our intangible assets were not impaired.
Share-Based Compensation – Share-based compensation is rewarded to associates and directors of the Company and accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718”). Share-based compensation expense is recognized for equity awards over the vesting period based on their grant-date fair value. The Company uses various forms of long-term incentives including, but not limited to, stock options, restricted stock units ("RSUs”) and performance share units ("PSUs”). The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The exercise price of each stock option equals or exceeds the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. Stock options can generally be exercised over a maximum term of ten years. The grant date fair value of the PSUs is determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is determined using the Company’s closing trading price on the grant date. Share-based compensation expense is included within the same financial statement caption where the recipient’s other compensation is reported. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Financial instruments

held by the Company include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, hedging instruments, warrants, purchase commitments on commodities, accounts payable and debt. The carrying value of all cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the debt is also estimated to approximate its fair value based upon current market conditions and interest rates. The fair value of the hedging instruments is revalued at each reporting period. The related gains and losses of the hedging instruments are reported in Prepaid expense and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow.

Self-Insurance – The Company is primarily self-insured, up to certain limits, for employee group health claims. The Company purchases stop-loss insurance, which will reimburse the Company for individual and aggregate claims in excess of certain annual established limits. Operations are charged with the cost of claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Total health care expense under the program was $22.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and $18.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $18.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022 The reserve for unpaid claims, which includes an estimate of claims incurred but not reported, was $2.0 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
The Company is primarily self-insured through large deductible insurance plans for automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation. The Company has utilized a number of different insurance vehicles and programs for these insurable risks and recognizes expenses and reserves in accordance with the provisions of each insurance vehicle/program. The expense associated with automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation insurance programs totaled $11.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $8.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $8.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. The Company also records reserves for unpaid claims and an estimate for claims incurred but not yet reported, including an estimate for the development of any such claim. As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, the Company had reserves totaling $4.1 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for these insurance programs.
Shipping and Handling – The Company records shipping and handling expenses within selling expenses. Shipping and handling expenses for products shipped to customers totaled $45.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $59.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $57.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022.
71



Advertising Costs – Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. The Company had no significant direct response advertising. Advertising expenses totaled $12.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $9.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $11.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. Cooperative advertising, primarily consisting of in-print advertising, point-of-sale displays, and in-store demos, totaled $29.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $21.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $17.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022.
Employee Benefits – The Company maintains several contributory 401(k) retirement plans (the "Plans”) for its associates. Profit sharing contributions are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and expenses recognized related to the profit sharing contribution was $5.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $6.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. The Plans provide associates with matching contributions primarily at 20% of their contributions as defined in the Plans. The expense related to the matching contributions was $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022.
Revenue Recognition – The Company’s revenues primarily consist of the sale of salty snack items to customers, including supermarkets, mass merchants, club stores, dollar and discount stores, convenience stores, independent grocery stores, drug stores, food service, vending, military, and other channels. The Company sells its products in most regions of the United States primarily through its DSD network, direct to warehouse shipments, and third-party distributors. These revenue contracts generally have a single performance obligation. Revenue, which includes shipping and handling charges billed to the customer, is reported net of variable consideration and consideration payable to customers, including applicable discounts, returns, allowances, trade promotion, consumer coupon redemption, unsaleable product, and other costs, some of which are recorded in Selling and distribution. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as accounts receivables and require payment on a short-term basis and, therefore, the Company does not have any significant financing components.
The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the goods to customers. Control is transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. Shipping and/or handling costs that occur before the customer obtains control of the goods are deemed to be fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs. Applicable shipping and handling are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as the products’ control is transferred to customers. The Company assesses the goods promised in customer purchase orders and identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer a good that is distinct.
The Company offers various forms of trade promotions and the methodologies for determining these provisions are dependent on local customer pricing and promotional practices, which range from contractually fixed percentage price reductions to provisions based on actual occurrence or performance. The Company’s promotional activities are conducted either through the retail trade or directly with consumers and include activities such as in store displays and events, feature price discounts, consumer coupons, and loyalty programs. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash expenditure. The recognition of these costs therefore requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. The Company has reserves in place of $17.4 million as of December 31, 2023, which include adjustments taken by customers of $6.2 million that are awaiting final processing and reserves of $46.3 million as of January 1, 2023, which include adjustments taken by customers of $32.8 million that are awaiting final processing. Differences between estimated expense and actual redemptions are recognized as a change in management estimate as actual redemptions are incurred.
Customer Concentrations One customer provided in excess of 10% of the Company's net sales during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023 and January 2, 2022 in the amount of 13%, 12% and 15%, respectively. In addition, one customer provided in excess of 10% of the Company's accounts receivable at January 1, 2023 and January 2, 2022 in the amount of 11% and 10%, respectively. No customer provided greater than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable at December 31, 2023.
Business Combinations – The Company evaluates acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not the Company has acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is accounted for as business combination or an acquisition of assets.
72



The Company uses the acquisition method of accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, the Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Distributor Buyouts - During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023 2022, the Company bought out and terminated the contracts of multiple third-party distributors who had previously been providing services to the Company. These transactions, which were accounted for as contract terminations and asset purchases, resulted in expense of $1.5 million and $23.0 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively and are included within selling and distribution expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for such period.
Use of Estimates – Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, which qualify asthe disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Some examples, but not a comprehensive list, include sales and promotional allowances, customer returns, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuations, useful lives of fixed assets and related impairment, long-term investments, hedge transactions, goodwill and intangible asset valuations and impairments, incentive compensation, income taxes, self-insurance, contingencies, litigation, and inputs used to calculate deferred tax liabilities, tax valuation allowances, and tax receivable agreements. Actual results could vary materially from the estimates that were used.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards – In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("Topic 326"). Topic 326 requires entities to measure the impairment of certain financial instruments, under ASCincluding accounts receivables, notes receivables and off balance sheet notes receivables, based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements326 was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2023. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
In December 2023, FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes: Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, to amend existing income tax disclosure guidance, primarily requiring more detailed disclosures for income taxes paid and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts representedeffective tax rate reconciliation. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted and can be applied on either a prospective or retroactive basis. The Company is currently evaluating the ASU to determine its impact on the Company's income tax disclosures.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting:Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. Among other changes, the amendments will require disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, and should be applied on a retrospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the ASU to determine its impact on the Company's disclosures.

2.ACQUISITIONS
Vitner's
On January 11, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, UQF, entered into a definitive agreement with Snak-King Corp. to acquire certain assets of the C.J. Vitner business ("Vitner's acquisition" or the "acquisition of Vitner's"), a leading brand of salty snacks in the accompanyingChicago, Illinois area. The Company closed this transaction on February 8, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $25.2 million was funded from current cash-on-hand. The fair values to which the purchase price was allocated were $2.9 million to trademarks, $0.8 million to customer relationships, $1.7 million to DSD routes, $1.9 million of other net assets, and $17.9 million to goodwill. The trademarks and customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 15 years. As of February 8, 2022, the purchase price allocation had been finalized.



73



Festida Foods
On May 11, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, UQF, entered into a definitive agreement with Great Lakes Festida Holdings, Inc. to acquire all assets including real estate located in Grand Rapids, Michigan related to the operations of Festida Foods ("Festida Foods acquisition" or the "acquisition of Festida Foods"), a manufacturer of tortilla chips, corn chips, and pellet snacks, and the largest manufacturer of tortilla chips for the Company's ON THE BORDER® brand. The Company closed this transaction on June 7, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $40.3 million was funded in part from incremental financing on an existing term loan. The customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 10 years. As of June 7, 2022, the purchase price allocation had been finalized.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company for the acquisition of Festida Foods at the date of the acquisition:
(in thousands)
Purchase consideration$40,324 
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable2,776 
Inventory2,704 
Prepaid expenses and other assets182 
Property, plant and equipment24,650 
Customer relationships1,270 
Total assets acquired:31,582 
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable2,017 
Accrued expenses844 
Total liabilities assumed:2,861 
Net identifiable assets acquired28,721 
Goodwill$11,603 
The customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 10 years.
RW Garcia
On November 2, 2021, the Company announced that certain of its subsidiaries, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the equity of R.W. Garcia Holdings, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary, R.W. Garcia Co., Inc. (together "RW Garcia"), an artisan maker of high-quality organic tortilla chips, crackers, and corn chips ("RW Garcia acquisition" or the “acquisition of RW Garcia”). The Company closed on this transaction on December 6, 2021, and the cash purchase price of approximately $57.9 million funded in part from a draw on the Company's line of credit and cash on hand. In addition to this acquisition on December 6, 2021, the Company closed on an acquisition of a manufacturing facility of which RW Garcia was a tenant. The cost of the manufacturing facility was approximately $6.0 million.Please see "Note 20. Subsequent Events" for the discussion of the disposition of RW Garcia by the Company in February 2024.
74



The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company for the RW Garcia acquisition at the date of the acquisition:
(in thousands)
Purchase consideration$56,430 
Tax consideration1,458 
Total consideration57,888 
Assets acquired:
Cash5,401 
Accounts receivable4,660 
Inventory5,674 
Prepaid expenses and other assets2,102 
Property, plant and equipment20,210 
Trade name3,100 
Customer relationships4,720 
Total assets acquired:45,867 
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable6,017 
Accrued expenses1,838 
Deferred tax liability5,898 
Total liabilities assumed:13,753 
Net identifiable assets acquired32,114 
Goodwill$25,774 
The trade name and customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 15 years. The purchase price allocation was finalized prior to December 6, 2022.
3.INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of
December 31, 2023
As of January 1, 2023
Finished goods$65,673 $67,386 
Raw materials29,757 42,204 
Maintenance parts9,236 8,416 
Total inventories$104,666 $118,006 
75



4.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of
December 31, 2023
As of January 1, 2023
Land$28,561 $30,582 
Buildings123,603 129,824 
Machinery and equipment248,886 255,505 
Land improvements3,887 3,756 
Building improvements5,163 3,709 
Construction-in-progress35,533 21,934 
 445,633 445,310 
Less: accumulated depreciation(126,752)(100,112)
Property, plant and equipment, net$318,881 $345,198 
On April 28, 2022, certain of the Company's subsidiaries purchased a brand new, recently completed snack food manufacturing facility in Kings Mountain, North Carolina from Evans Food Group Ltd. d/b/a Benestar Brands and related affiliates. The total purchase price of the facility was approximately $38.4 million, plus assumed liabilities of $1.3 million. The Company paid the full cash purchase price of $38.4 million at the closing and concurrently with the facility purchase, the Company sold 2.1 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock for $28.0 million, to affiliates of Benestar in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company recorded impairments totaling $2.7 million related to property and equipment damaged in one of the Company's smaller manufacturing facilities by a natural disaster. During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company received $3.9 million in insurance proceeds related to a partial settlement of damaged property and equipment, resulting in a gain during fiscal the year ended January 1, 2023 of $1.2 million. As a result of the damage to the facility the Company has had to shift production to other facilities as well as utilize a co-manufacturer which has resulted in additional production and distribution costs. In addition, during the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company received $6.0 million in proceeds related to a partial settlement of a business interruption insurance claim. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received an additional $1.7 million in insurance proceeds related to the settlement of damaged property and equipment and additional $1.3 million related to the settlement of the business interruption insurance claim. The Company has recognized receipts of the business interruption insurance as a reduction of the cost of goods sold and the receipts related to the damage to property plant and equipment within the (loss) gain on sale of assets, net in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company recognizes gains from insurance proceeds, at the earliest, after receipt of insurance proceeds. The Company intends to sell this facility and expects to dispose of the property within the next twelve months. As a result, the Company recorded additional impairments for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 totaling $1.9 million recorded to Administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and has reclassified this facility on its consolidated balance sheet to Assets held for sale in the amount of $1.6 million. The fair value of this facility was based upon prices of similar assets.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded expenses of $8.9 million in connection with the closure of the Company's manufacturing facility in Birmingham, Alabama, which included $1.3 million in severance and related costs and $10.6 million of asset impairments related to fixed assets. The severance and related expenses are recorded in the cost of goods sold line on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. The fixed asset impairments are recorded in the administrative expenses line on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company has identified a potential buyer for this property and has reclassified this property to Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2023 in the amount of $6.0 million.
76



During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company completed the sale of the Company's manufacturing facility in Bluffton, Indiana, which resulted in a loss on sale of the assets of $13.4 million. Also, in connection with the sale the Company recorded $4.7 million of expense related to the termination of a contract that was settled with the sale. Additionally, the Company entered into a supply agreement with the buyer pursuant to which the buyer is obligated to co-manufacture certain products at below market rates for up to one year. The Company recorded a tolling asset of $0.6 million for the difference between the rate charged and the market rate for these services. If the buyer defaults on its obligations to manufacture any of the committed products, a financial penalty will be assessed based on the contractual terms required in the supply agreement. In a separate transaction, the Company completed the sale of land in Hanover, Pennsylvania to a separate third-party for a gain of $4.0 million.
Depreciation expense was $40.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $47.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $43.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. Depreciation expense is classified in cost of goods sold, selling, distribution, and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss).
5.GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
A roll forward of goodwill is as follows:
(in thousands)
Balance as of January 2, 2022$915,438 
RW Garcia acquisition adjustment(143)
Balance as of January 1, 2023915,295 
Balance as of December 31, 2023$915,295 
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
Subject to amortization:
Distributor/customer relationships$677,930 $677,930 
Trademarks63,850 63,850 
Amortizable assets, gross741,780 741,780 
Accumulated amortization(120,405)(82,738)
Amortizable assets, net621,375 659,042 
Not subject to amortization
Trade names434,513 434,513 
IO routes7,525 6,010 
Intangible assets, net$1,063,413 $1,099,565 
Previously, the Company was granted certain exclusive distribution rights for certain products manufactured by another manufacturer. During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company shifted the relationship with that manufacturer and converted that shelf space to Company-branded products. As a result, the Company recorded impairment expense of $2.0 million and the amortizable master distribution rights decreased by $2.2 million. There were no other significant changes to intangible assets during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, other than those which arise from the ordinary course of business related to the purchase and sale of Company-owned route assets and amortization.
Amortization of the distributor/customer relationships, technology, and trademarks amounted to $37.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $37.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $37.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. The expense related to the amortization of intangibles is classified in administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
77



Amortization expense is classified in administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023
2024$37,668 
202537,668 
202637,668 
202737,668 
202837,668 
Thereafter433,035 
Total$621,375 
6.NOTES RECEIVABLE
The Company has undertaken a program in recent years to sell Company-managed DSD distribution routes to IOs. Contracts are executed between the Company and the IOs for the sale of the product distribution route, including a note in favor of the Company, in certain cases. The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 0.00% to 10.40% with terms ranging generally from one to ten years. The notes receivable balances due from IOs at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023 totaled $17.6 million and $22.0 million, respectively, and are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. The Company has a corresponding notes payable liability, related to the IOs notes receivables, of $16.5 million and $21.1 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively. The related notes payable liability is discussed in further detail within Note 8. "Long-Term Debt."
Other notes receivable totaled $0.1 million as of each of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023.
7.ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER
Current accrued expenses and other consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
Accrued compensation and benefits$21,466 $38,974 
Operating right of use liability14,992 12,389 
Insurance liabilities6,811 6,701 
Accrued freight and manufacturing related costs4,424 10,817 
Accrued dividends and distributions7,972 7,989 
Accrued interest13,280 1,151 
Other accrued expenses8,645 13,991 
Total accrued expenses and other$77,590 $92,012 
Non-current accrued expenses and other consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
Operating right of use liability$43,928 $35,331 
Tax Receivable Agreement liability24,297 25,426 
Supplemental retirement and salary continuation plans6,559 6,512 
Long-term portion of an interest rate hedge liability1,936 — 
Total accrued expenses and other$76,720 $67,269 
78



8.LONG-TERM DEBT
Revolving Credit Facility
On November 21, 2017, UBH entered into an asset based revolving credit facility (as amended, the "ABL facility") in an initial aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million. The ABL facility was set to expire on the fifth anniversary of closing, or November 21, 2022. On April 1, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to increase the credit limit up to $116.0 million and to extend the maturity through August 22, 2024. On December 18, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to further increase the credit limit up to $161.0 million. On September 22, 2022, the ABL facility was amended to further increase the credit limit up to $175.0 million, and replaced the interest rate benchmark from London Inter-Bank Rate ("LIBOR") to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, $0.4 million and $0.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under this facility. Availability under the ABL facility is based on a monthly accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base certification, which is net of outstanding letters of credit and amounts borrowed. As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, $158.4 million and $163.0 million, respectively, was available for borrowing, net of letters of credit. The ABL facility is also subject to unused line fees (0.5% at both December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023) and other fees and expenses. On July 20, 2023, the ABL facility was further amended to increase the credit limit to $225.0 million and extend the maturity through the earlier of July 20, 2028, or 91 days prior to the maturity of the Term Loan B (as defined below). The Company incurred fees of $0.7 million in connection with the amendment to the ABL facility.
Standby letters of credit in the amount of $12.2 million and $12.0 million have been issued as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively. The standby letters of credit are primarily issued for insurance purposes.
Term Loans
On December 14, 2020, the Company entered into a Bridge Credit Agreement with a syndicate of banks, led by Bank of America, N.A. (the "Bridge Credit Agreement”). The proceeds of the Bridge Credit Agreement were used to fund the Company’s acquisition of Truco Holdco Inc. (“Truco”) and the IP Purchase (as defined below) from OTB Acquisition, LLC, in which the Company withdrew $490.0 million to finance the acquisition of Truco (such acquisition, the "Truco Acquisition") and certain intellectual property from OTB Acquisition, LLC (the "IP Purchase"). The Bridge Credit Agreement bore interest at an annual rate based on 4.25% plus 1-month LIBOR with scheduled incremental increases to the base rate, as defined in the Bridge Credit Agreement. The loan converts into an Extended Term Loan if the loan remains open 365 days after the closing date. As of January 3, 2021, the outstanding balance of the Bridge Credit Agreement was $370.0 million, with $120.0 million being repaid from the exercise of the Company's warrants. Commitment fees and deferred financing costs on the Bridge Credit Agreement totaled $7.2 million, of which $2.6 million remained on the books as of January 3, 2021. On January 20, 2021, the Bridge Credit Agreement was repaid in full by the refinancing of term debt. In connection with Amendment No. 2 (as defined below), and a $12.0 million repayment in the first quarter of 2021, the outstanding balance of $370.0 million was repaid in full and the Bridge Credit Agreement was terminated.
On January 20, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Bridge Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 2") which provided additional operating flexibility and revisions to certain restrictive covenants. Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 2, the Company raised $720.0 million in aggregate principal of Term Loan B ("Term Loan B") which bore interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%, and extended the maturity of the Bridge Credit Agreement to January 20, 2028. The proceeds were used, together with cash on hand and proceeds from our exercised warrants, to redeem the outstanding principal amount of existing Term Loan B and Bridge Credit Agreement of $410.0 million and $358.0 million, respectively. The refinancing was accounted for as an extinguishment. The Company incurred debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $8.4 million.
On June 22, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Bridge Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 3"). Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 3, the Company increased the principal balance of Term Loan B by $75.0 million to bring the aggregated balance of Term Loan B proceeds to $795.0 million. The Company incurred additional debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $0.7 million related to the incremental funding.
On September 22, 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Bridge Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 4"), which replaced the interest rate benchmark from LIBOR to SOFR. The weighted average interest rate on the Term Loan B debt for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023 was 5.74% and 4.93%, respectively.
79



On October 12, 2022, the Company, through its subsidiaries UQF, Kennedy and Condor Snack Foods, LLC (together with UQF and Kennedy, the “Real Estate Financing Borrowers”), entered into a loan agreement (the “Real Estate Term Loan”) with City National Bank which was secured by a majority of the Real Estate Financing Borrowers’ real estate assets. The Real Estate Term Loan holds a principal balance of $88.1 million, with net proceeds of approximately $85.0 million after transaction fees and expenses. The Real Estate Term Loan has a ten-year maturity and amortizes approximately $3.5 million in principal annually, with a balloon payment due at maturity. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the Real Estate Term Loan to their short-term nature.

pay off the ABL facility. The Real Estate Term Loan contains a single financial maintenance covenant consisting of a fixed charge coverage ratio that is tested quarterly only during a covenant trigger period consistent with the existing ABL facility. Concurrent with the closing of the Real Estate Term Loan, UQF entered into an interest rate swap transaction to fix the effective interest rate at approximately 5.93%, as discussed in further detail within "Note 9. Derivative Financial Instruments and Purchase Commitments”. In September 2023, the Company made an additional $4.4 million paydown of the Real Estate Term Loan using net proceeds from the sale of land to a third-party, as discussed within Note 4. “Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net”, as well as cash on hand. Following such paydown, the Real Estate Term Loan will amortize approximately $3.3 million in principal annually through maturity, subject to any additional advanced paydowns.

The Term Loan B and the ABL facility are collateralized by substantially all of the assets and liabilities of UBH and its subsidiaries excluding the real estate assets secured by the Real Estate Term Loan, including equity interests in certain of UBH’s subsidiaries. The credit agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants as to operations and the financial condition of UBH and its subsidiaries. UBH and its subsidiaries were in compliance with its financial covenants as of December 31, 2023.
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
Debt (in thousands)
Issue DatePrincipal BalanceMaturity DateDecember 31, 2023January 1, 2023
Term loan B(1)
June-21$795,000 January-28$771,335 $779,286 
Real Estate LoanOctober-2288,140 October-3280,184 88,140 
Equipment loans(2)
56,482 54,053 
ABL facility(3)
October-27368 — 
Net impact of debt issuance costs and original issue discounts(8,772)(9,672)
Total long-term debt899,597 911,807 
Less: current portion(21,086)(18,472)
Long term portion of term debt and financing obligations$878,511 $893,335 
(1) On September 22, 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4.
(2) In July 2021, the Company entered into two separate finance lease obligations with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, which have been treated as secured borrowing. The Company has made the following draws upon these agreements: $26.5 million in fiscal year 2021, $32.4 million in fiscal year 2022, and $13.1 million in fiscal year 2023. These draws bear interest ranging from 3.26% through 7.25% and have varying maturities up through 2028.
(3) The facility bore interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR, or SOFR plus a 0.10% credit spread adjustment after the amendment on September 22, 2022, plus an applicable margin of 1.50% (ranging from 1.50% to 2.00% based on availability) or the prime rate plus an applicable margin of 0.50% (ranging from 0.50% to 1.00%). The Company generally utilizes the prime rate for amounts that the Company expects to pay down within 30 days, the interest rate on the facility as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, was 9.25% and 8.25%, respectively, under the prime rate. The Company elected to use the LIBOR, prior to the amendment on September 22, 2022 which changed the reference rate to SOFR as described above, for balances that are expected to be carried longer than 30 days, the interest rate on the ABL facility as of December 31, 2023 was 7.19%.
80



As of December 31, 2023, the minimum debt repayments under term debt and financing obligations consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
2024$21,086
202521,401
202620,555
202718,018
2028746,187
Thereafter81,122
Total$908,369
Term loan B, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the equipment loans are debt of UBH and its’ subsidiaries. There are no material differences between the financial statements of UBI and its consolidated subsidiaries and the financial statements of UBH and its consolidated subsidiaries, except for the warrant liability and associated gain (loss) on remeasurement of warrant liability as described in "Note 17. "Warrants,” the Tax Receivable Agreement described in "Note 15. Income Taxes” and accrued dividends to shareholders which flow out of UBH.
Other Notes Payable and Capital Leases
During the first fiscal quarter of 2022, the Company bought out and terminated the contracts of multiple distributors who had previously been providing services to the Company. These transactions were accounted for as contract terminations and asset purchases and resulted in expense of $23.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023. The outstanding payable balance of these transactions was $0.5 million as of January 1, 2023.
During the first fiscal quarter of 2020, the Company purchased intellectual property that included a deferred purchase price of $0.5 million, of which $0.2 million and $0.3 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
Amounts outstanding under notes payable consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of
December 31, 2023
As of January 1, 2023
Note payable – IO notes$16,478 $21,098
Finance lease obligations(1)
10,145 10,995
Other200 835
Total notes payable26,823 32,928
Less: current portion(7,649)(12,589)
Long term portion of notes payable$19,174 $20,339
(1) See “Note 16. Leases” for further discussion on our finance lease obligations.
During fiscal year 2021, the Company sold $12.5 million of notes receivable from IOs for proceeds of $11.8 million in a series of transactions to a financial institution. During fiscal year 2022, the Company sold an additional $5.0 million of notes receivable from IOs for proceeds of $5.0 millionto a financial institution. During fiscal year 2023, the Company sold an additional $5.2 million of notes receivable from IOs for proceeds of $5.4 millionto a financial institution. Due to the structure of these transactions, they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment and the Company has recorded the notes payable obligation owed by the IOs to the financial institution on its books; the corresponding notes receivable also remained on the Company’s books. The Company services the loans for the financial institution by collecting principal and interest from the IOs and passing it through to the institution. The underlying notes have various maturity dates through June 2032. The Company partially guarantees the outstanding loans, as discussed in further detail within "Note 12. Contingencies”. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
81



Interest Expense
Interest expense consisted of the following:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Company’s ABL facility and other long-term debt$57,881 $41,231 $29,270 
Amortization of deferred financing fees1,556 1,933 3,847 
IO loans1,153 1,260 1,591 
Total interest$60,590 $44,424 $34,708 
9.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
Derivative Financial Instruments
To reduce the effect of interest rate fluctuations, on December 21, 2021, with an effective date of December 31, 2021, the Company entered into an accreting interest rate swap contract with a counter-party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 1.39% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of LIBOR or 0.00%. Both the fixed and floating payment streams were based on a notional amount of $250 million and have accreted to $500 million and are maturing on September 30, 2026. Effective on September 30, 2022 the Company amended the swap contract to reference the 1-month SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment (“CSA”) of 11.448 basis points, as well as setting the new fixed rate to 1.41%; under this amended swap agreement the Company will receive a series of payments based on the greater of SOFR plus CSA, or 0.00%.
On October 12, 2022, the Company entered into a 10-year swap contract, with an effective date of November 1, 2022, with a counter-party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 3.83% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of the 1-month SOFR or 0.00%. The agreement covers $84.6 million as of December 31, 2023. This swap effectively fixes the rate of the Real Estate Term Loan to 5.93%. The balance that the hedge covers is designed to abate as principal payments on the Real Estate Term Loan are made. The Company entered into these transactions to reduce its exposure to changes in cash flows associated with the Real Estate Term Loan and has designated this derivative as a cash flow hedge. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness both at the onset of the hedge and at regular intervals throughout the life of the derivative instrument. If it is probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative instrument's gain or loss reported in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified into earnings.
As of December 31, 2023, the effective fixed interest rate on the long-term debt hedged by these contracts was 5.88%. For further treatment of the Company’s interest rate swap, refer to "Note 10. Fair Value Measurements

Fair valueMeasurements” and "Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”

82



Warrant Liabilities
The Company has outstanding warrants which are accounted for as derivative liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40. See Note 17. "Warrants" for additional information on our warrant liabilities. A reconciliation of the changes in the warrant liability during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 is defined as the price that would be receivedfollows:
(in thousands)
Fair value of warrant liabilities as of January 1, 2023$45,504 
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability(2,232)
Fair value of warrant liabilities as of December 31, 2023$43,272 
Purchase Commitments
The Company has outstanding purchase commitments for salespecific quantities at fixed prices for certain key ingredients to economically hedge commodity input prices. These purchase commitments totaled $66.7 million as of an asset or paidDecember 31, 2023 and $54.0 million as of January 1, 2023.  The Company accrues for transfer oflosses on firm purchase commitments in a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participantsloss position at the measurement date. U.S. GAAPend of each reporting period to the extent that there is an active observable market. The Company has recorded purchase commitment (losses) gains totaling $(3.3) million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $0.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, respectively.
10.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company follows the guidance relating to fair value measurements and disclosures with respect to financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value each reporting period, and with respect to non-financial assets and liabilities that are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy whichthat prioritizes the inputs to the valuation techniques used in measuringto measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements)I) and the lowest priority to unobservable pricing inputs (Level 3 measurements)III). These tiers include:

·Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;
·Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and
·Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

F-11
A financial asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level I - Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Level II - Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active. Financial asset or liabilities which are included in this category are securities where all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; and
Level III - Prices or valuations that are unobservable and where there is little, if any, market activity for these financial assets or liabilities. The inputs into the determination of fair value inputs for these investments require significant management judgment or estimation. The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial asset or liability and is affected by a wide variety of factors. To the extent that valuation is based on inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment.
The fair values of the Company’s Level 2 derivative instruments were determined using valuation models that use market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for commodities. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 primarily represent commodity and interest rate swap contracts.
83



The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis based upon the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, as of December 31, 2023:
(in thousands)Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$52,023 $— $— $52,023 
Commodity contracts— 211 — 211 
Interest rate swaps— 33,332 — 33,332 
Total assets$52,023 $33,543 $— $85,566 
Liabilities:
Commodity contracts$— $2,094 $— $2,094 
Interest rate swaps— 1,936 — 1,936 
Private placement warrants— 43,272 — 43,272 
Debt— 899,597 — 899,597 
Total liabilities$— $946,899 $— $946,899 
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis based upon the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, as of January 1, 2023: 
(in thousands)Level ILevel IILevel IIITotal
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$72,930 $— $— $72,930 
Commodity contracts— 1,586 — 1,586 
Interest rate swaps— 45,088 — 45,088 
Total assets$72,930 $46,674 $— $119,604 
Liabilities:
Private placement warrants— 45,504 — 45,504 
Debt— 911,807 — 911,807 
Total liabilities$— $957,311 $— $957,311 
84



11.SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
For the periods presented, compensation expense included primarily in selling, distribution, and administrative expense for all types of stock-based compensation programs and the related income tax benefit recognized were as follows:
(in thousands)Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
RSUs$9,705 $5,136 $8,574 
PSUs4,279 2,253 1,228 
Stock Options1,281 1,056 493 
Pre-tax compensation expense$15,265 8,445 $10,295 
Related income tax benefit(3,452)
Impact to net income$4,993 
The tax benefit recognized from the share-based compensation expense is nominal for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and January 2, 2022 due to a valuation allowance.
Unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation grants was as follows:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
RSUs$7,372 $8,710 
PSUs6,800 7,791 
Stock Options819 1,945 
Total$14,991 $18,446 
Restricted and Performance Share Units
2020 Long-term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") RSUs
In connection with the Business Combination, the Phantom Units issued under the Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2018 LTIP”) were converted into restricted stock units (the “2020 LTIP RSUs”) issued under Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2020 LTIP”), with each 2020 LTIP RSU vesting on December 31, 2021. Holders of 2020 LTIP RSUs were subject to substantially similar terms to the holders of phantom unit awards issued under the 2018 LTIP (the “2018 LTIP Phantom Units”), including requisite service period and vesting conditions. The conversion of the 2018 LTIP Phantom Units was accounted for as a modification under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement718. The 2020 LTIP RSUs are equity-classified due to settlement being in shares.
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company converted the Phantom Units under the 2018 LTIP into 2020 LTIP RSUs, which settled into 1,479,445 shares of Class A Common Stock. The fair value of the Phantom Units being replaced was approximately $11.2 million at the Closing, which was attributable to the pre-combination service period and Disclosures, requires all entities to disclosewas included in the purchase price of the Business Combination. The fair value of the 2020 LTIP RSUs at the Closing of the Business Combination in excess of the fair value of financial instruments, both assetsthe replaced Phantom Units attributable to the pre-combination period was approximately $13.9 million and liabilitiesis attributable to the post-combination requisite service period. All 2020 LTIP RSUs settled January 3, 2022.
2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company adopted, with stockholder approval, the Utz Brands, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2020 Plan”), which provides our executive officers and other participating associates with equity-based, long-term incentives, including RSUs, PSUs and Stock Options.
85



Restricted Share Units
Under the 2020 Plan, the Company grants RSUs representing the right to receive one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock upon vesting, provided that the recipient remains employed with the Company through the vesting and subject to certain forfeiture conditions and restrictions. The RSUs vest according to specific vesting conditions set forth in the RSU award agreements. RSUs that become vested also generally entitle the holder to be credited with dividend equivalent payments in cash, with such dividend equivalents payable when, and to the extent, the RSUs are settled (or such accrued dividend equivalents will be forfeited to the extent the RSUs are forfeited).
Performance Share Units
The Company issues PSUs under the 2020 Plan, which provide the participant with the opportunity to earn shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock if the Company achieves certain performance goals determined by the administrator of the 2020 Plan. All PSUs granted since the adoption of the 2020 Plan contain vesting based on the Company’s performance with respect to relative total stockholder return. The number of shares subject to the PSUs that vest and are settled at the end of each performance period is based on the Company’s cumulative total stockholder return relative to the total stockholder returns of members of a peer group, which is typically consistent with the peer group used for which itcompensation disclosures.
At the end of the performance period, the Company’s total stockholder return position is practicableranked relative to estimate fair value,the total stockholder returns of each member of the performance peer group that remains within the performance peer group for the entire performance period. The total number of PSUs that vest is based on the ranking of the Company’s total stockholder return relative to the total stockholder return of each of the Company’s peer companies, and definesranges from a 200% payout for ranking in the 90th percentile or above to 0% payout for ranking below the 30th percentile with percentiles interpolated between these payouts.
PSUs that become vested also generally entitle the holder to be credited with dividend equivalent payments in cash, with such dividend equivalents payable when, and to the extent, the PSUs are settled (or such accrued dividend equivalents will be forfeited to the extent the PSUs are forfeited).
Because the PSUs vest based on market conditions, Monte Carlo simulation models were used to determine the grant-date fair value of the PSUs. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation models included weighted average expected terms ranging from 2.8 years to 3.0 years, weighted average expected volatility ranging from 40.0% to 53.6%, and weighted average risk-free rates ranging from 0.2% to 3.9%.
PSUs and RSUsNumber of UnitsWeighted-average grant date fair value for equity awards (per unit)Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at beginning of fiscal year 20231,288,342 $18.27 1.8 Years
Granted746,200 17.44
Vested(477,577)17.66
Forfeited(95,199)17.50
Outstanding at end of fiscal year 20231,461,766 $18.28 1.5 Years
86



Stock Options
The Company granted its Executive Leadership Team non-qualified stock options exercisable for Class A Common Stock of the Company, provided that the exercise of such stock options was contingent upon the Company filing a financial instrumentregistration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC, which occurred on November 2, 2020. For non-cash, stock-based awards exchanged for employee services, the Company measures stock-based compensation on the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and recognizes expense over the requisite service period, which for the Company is generally the vesting period. To estimate the fair value of an award, the Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model. This model requires inputs such as expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. For all grants during fiscal year 2022, the amount at whichCompany calculated the instrument couldexpected term based on the simplified method as allowable under ASC 718 due to a lack of sufficient trading history for the Company’s Class A Common Stock. The use of this method effectively assumes that exercise occurs evenly over the period from vesting until expiration, and therefore the expected term is the midpoint between the service period and the contractual term of the award. The Company estimates the volatility of its Class A Common Stock by analyzing its historical volatility and considering volatility data of its peer group and their implied volatility. The Company recognizes forfeitures when they occur.
Options issued under the 2020 Plan generally have a maximum contractual life of 10 years from the grant date and must be exchangedissued with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator of the 2020 Plan. Options issued under the 2020 Plan are subject to time-based vesting, continued employment, and other conditions outlined in a current transaction between willing parties. Asthe 2020 Plan with the fair value determined using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.
On January 31, 2022, the Company granted its Executive Leadership Team stock options exercisable for Class A Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms set forth above, and 100% of these options will vest and become exercisable on December 31, 2018,2024. The Company granted stock options with an aggregate of 377,550 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such options, on January 31, 2022 and the recorded valuesexercise price of cash, cashthese options is the Company’s closing share price of $15.51 on January 31, 2022. The fair value of each stock option granted was determined to be $6.06 using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model based on an expected volatility of 40.0%, expected option term of approximately 6.4 years, and marketable securities heldrisk-free rate of return of 1.4%. The risk-free rates are based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. In May 2022, an additional 16,923 stock option awards were granted.
Stock OptionsNumber of UnitsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value for Equity Awards (per unit)Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
Outstanding at beginning of fiscal year 2023522,203 $5.60 1.8 Years
Granted— — 
Vested(127,730)— 
Forfeited— — 
Outstanding and exercisable at end of fiscal year 2023394,473 $6.01 1.0 Year0.00
(1) The aggregate intrinsic value in the Trust Account, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximateabove table represents the fair values due tototal pre-tax amount that a participant would receive if the short-term natureoption had been exercised on the last day of the instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018,respective fiscal period. Options with a market value less than its exercise value are not included in the SEC adoptedintrinsic value amount.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On December 10, 2020, the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure UpdateBoard of Directors approved the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP”), subject to stockholder approval. The ESPP was effective January 1, 2021, and Simplification, amending certain disclosure requirementsany purchase rights that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. In addition,granted under the amendments expandedESPP prior to stockholder approval could not be exercised unless and until stockholder approval was obtained.
87



Under the disclosure requirementsESPP, associates are offered the option to purchase discounted shares of Class A Common Stock during offering periods designated by the administrator. Each offering period will be one year, consisting of two six-month purchase periods, commencing on each January 1 and July 1 following the effective date of the ESPP. Shares are purchased on the analysis of shareholders' equity for interim financial statements. Underapplicable exercise dates, which is the amendments, an analysis of changes in each caption of shareholders' equity presented in the balance sheet must be provided in a note or separate statement. The analysis should present a reconciliation of the beginning balance to the ending balancelast trading day of each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is requiredpurchase period. The ESPP permits participants to be filed. The Company anticipates its first presentation of changes in shareholders' equity will be included in its Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have an effect onpurchase the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

On October 10, 2018, the Company sold 44,000,000 UnitsClass A Common Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit innot less than 85% of the Initial Public Offering, including 4,000,000 Units issued pursuantlesser of (i) the “fair market value” of a share on the first day of a purchase period, rounded up to the partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinarynearest whole cent per share and one-third(ii) the “fair market value” of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Eacha share on the purchase date of such purchase period, rounded up to the nearest whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50cent per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

NOTE 4.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On May 2, 2018, the Company issued 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. On September 7, 2018, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 10,937,500 Founder Shares. On September 10, 2018, the Sponsor transferred 45,000, 45,000, 52,500 and 52,500 Founder Shares to each of Antonio F. Fernandez, Matthew M. Mannelly, William D. Toler and Craig D. Steeneck, respectively. On October 4, 2018, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 12,375,000 Founder Shares. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option, and an aggregate of 500,000 Founder Shares were subsequently surrendered to the Companylimits set by the Sponsor for no consideration on October 19, 2018. Of the 11,875,000 shares outstandingInternal Revenue Code of 1986, as of December 31, 2018, the Sponsor owned an aggregate of 11,680,000 Class B ordinary sharesamended (the “Code”) and the independent directors owned an aggregate of 195,000 Class B ordinary shares.

ESPP. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis. However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issuedpurchase price used was 90% in connection with the initial Business Combination, the2021, 92.5% in 2022 and 95% in 2023.

The maximum number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination (including the Forward Purchase Shares, but not the Forward Purchase Warrants (both as defined below)), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

F-12

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The holders of the Founder Shares agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial Business Combination that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except to certain permitted transferees). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Initial Shareholders with respect to any Founder Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, the Founder Shares will be released from the lock-up.

Private Placement Warrants

On October 10, 2018, the Company sold 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor at $1.50 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $10.8 million in the Private Placement. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. A portion of the net proceeds from the Private Placement was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Related Parties Loans

The Company’s Sponsor had agreed to loan the Company up to $200,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering (the “Note”). The Note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and was due on the earlier of December 31, 2018 or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company had borrowed $155,000 under the Note, which was fully repaid on October 17, 2018.

Administrative Service Fee

The Company agreed, commencing on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, and secretarial and administrative services. The Company recorded an aggregate of approximately $27,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with this administrative services agreement in the accompanying statement of operations during the period from April 30, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018.

Forward Purchase Agreements

On September 7, 2018, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements with the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors (the “Forward Purchase Agreements”) which provide for the purchase of an aggregate of 3,500,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Forward Purchase Shares”), plus an aggregate of 1,166,666 redeemable warrants (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”) to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of  $35,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of the initial Business Combination. The Forward Purchase Warrants will have the same terms as the Public Warrants. These purchases will be made regardless of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by public shareholders. The Forward Purchase Shares and Forward Purchase Warrants will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination. The proceeds from the sale of Forward Purchase Shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial Business Combination, expenses in connection with the initial Business Combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

F-13

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5.   COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements, the Company agreed to use its commercially reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of a Business Combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the Forward Purchase Shares and the Forward Purchase Warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the Sponsor and all of the independent directors or their respective assignees cease to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the Forward Purchase Agreements provide these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by the Company.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On October 10, 2018, the underwriters partially exercised this option in respect of 4,000,000 Units and, as agreed with the Company, the underwriters waived their right to further exercise the option.

The underwriters were entitled to underwriting discounts of $0.20 per unit, or $8.8 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters were entitled to a deferred underwriting commission of $0.35 per unit, or $15.4 million in the aggregate. The deferred underwriting fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Deferred Legal Fees

The Company is obligated to pay deferred legal fees of $50,000 upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination for services performed in connection with the Initial Public Offering. If no Business Combination is consummated, the Company will not be obligated to pay such fee.

NOTE 6.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A ordinaryCommon Stock available for sale under the ESPP shall not exceed in the aggregate 1,500,000 shares, are entitled to one voteand may be unissued shares or treasury shares or shares bought on the market for each share.purposes of the ESPP. As of December 31, 2018, there were 44,000,0002023, 1,133,522 shares of Class A ordinarycommon stock remain available for issuance under the ESPP. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 99,788 shares issuedwith a fair value of $1.5 million, and outstanding, including 42,061,226 Class A ordinarythe Company recognized compensation expense of $0.3 million. For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, the Company granted 138,096 shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares — with a fair value of $2.0 million, and the Company recognized compensation expense of $0.4 million. For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, the Company granted 128,642 shares with a fair value of $2.7 million, and the Company recognized compensation expense of $0.5 million.

12.CONTINGENCIES
Litigation Matters
The Company is authorizedinvolved in litigation and other matters incidental to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary sharesthe conduct of its business, the results of which, in the opinion of management, are not likely to be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Tax Matters
The Company received an assessment from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania pursuant to a sales and use tax audit for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016. As of January 2, 2022, the Company had a reserve of $1.3 million to cover the assessment. On January 7, 2022, the Company settled the audit with a parthe Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for $0.9 million.
Guarantees
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Cadence Bank for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $0.7 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively, all of which was recorded by the Company as off balance sheet arrangements. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under the guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance up to $2.0 million. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Bank of $0.0001 per share. HoldersAmerica for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed that were issued by Bank of America was $52.8 million and $36.0 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively, which are accounted for as an off balance sheet arrangement. As discussed in "Note 8. Long-Term Debt”, the Company also sold notes receivable on its books to Bank of America during fiscal year 2021, fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023, which the Company partially guarantees. The outstanding balance of notes purchased by Bank of America at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023 was $14.8 million and $17.9 million, respectively. Due to the structure of the transactions, the sale did not qualify for sale accounting treatment, and as such the Company records the notes payable obligation owed by the IOs to the financial institution on its Consolidated Balance Sheets; the corresponding note receivable also remained on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance on the first day of each calendar year plus 25% of the amount of any new loans issued during such calendar year. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
88



The Company guarantees loans made to IOs by M&T Bank for the purchase of routes. The agreement with M&T Bank was amended in January 2020 so that the Company guaranteed up to 25% of the greater of the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding on the payment date or January 1st of the subject year. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $2.2 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively, all of which were included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
Unclaimed Property
The Company was notified in September 2016 that several states requested an audit of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares are entitledunclaimed property practices. The states initiating the audit include Connecticut, Idaho, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, South Dakota, and Tennessee but was later expanded to one vote for each share. On May 2, 2018, 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares were issuedinclude a total of 22 states. The audit is limited to UQF and outstanding. On September 7, 2018,does not include any other legal entities. The audit consists of three components including accounts payable, payroll, and accounts receivable customer over-payments. As of early fiscal year 2023, the Company effected asettled the audit with the various jurisdictions for $0.1 million.
13.ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Total accumulated other comprehensive income was $37.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and $51.0 million as of January 1, 2023. Total accumulated other comprehensive income consists solely of unrealized gains (losses) from the Company’s derivative financial instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges.
Changes to the balance in accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:
(in thousands)
Gains (Losses) on
Cash Flow Hedges
Balance as of January 3, 2021$924 
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges2,791 
Balance as of January 2, 20223,715 
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges47,279 
Balance as of January 1, 202350,994 
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges(13,543)
Balance as of December 31, 202337,451 
Less balance attributable to noncontrolling interest as of December 31, 2023(14,493)
Balance attributable to controlling interest as of December 31, 2023$22,958 
14.SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Cash paid for interest$46,905 $41,711 $31,638 
Refunds related to income taxes$1,686 $4,663 $726 
Payments for income taxes$8,820 $6,988 $3,653 
89



15.INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes with respect to our allocable share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 10,937,500 Class B ordinary shares outstanding. On October 4, 2018,any taxable income or loss of UBH, as well as any standalone income or loss the Company effectedgenerates. UBH is treated as a share capitalization resultingpartnership for federal income tax purposes, and for most applicable state and local income tax purposes, and generally does not pay income taxes in an aggregatemost jurisdictions. Instead, UBH taxable income or loss is passed through to its members, including the Company. Despite its partnership treatment, UBH is liable for income taxes in those states not recognizing its pass-through status and for certain of 12,375,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding. On October 10, 2018,its subsidiaries not taxed as pass-through entities. The Company has acquired various domestic entities taxed as corporations, which are now wholly-owned by us or our subsidiaries. Where required or allowed, these subsidiaries also file and pay tax as a consolidated group for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company anticipates this structure to remain in existence for the underwriters partially exercisedforeseeable future.
The provision (benefit) for income taxes was as follows:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Current:
Federal$7,816 $4,038 $1,553 
State1,879 1,403 2,010 
Total current9,695 5,441 3,563 
Deferred:
Federal(7,591)(20,986)(1,949)
State(1,347)(8,374)6,472 
Total deferred(8,938)(29,360)4,523 
Total$757 $(23,919)$8,086 
A reconciliation of the over-allotment option,expected statutory federal tax and an aggregatethe total income tax (benefit) expense was as follows:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Federal statutory rate (21%)$(8,248)$(7,972)$3,378 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit(528)(2,435)6,440 
Investment in UBH177 31 (31)
Noncontrolling interest in UBH2,610 2,792 2,448 
Valuation allowance5,878 (17,177)5,195 
Remeasurement of warrant liability(469)(151)(7,702)
Return to provision(79)(771)
Permanent book to tax differences— — (593)
Credits(41)(201)(239)
IRC §162(m)1,401 875 191 
Nondeductible expenses88 12 12 
Other(113)386 (242)
$757 $(23,919)$8,086 



90



The tax effect of 500,000 Founder Shares were surrenderedtemporary differences that gave rise to us bysignificant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the Sponsorfollowing at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued expenses$427 $390 
Pension, retirement and other benefits419 449 
Inventories, including uniform capitalization145 320 
Investment in UBH, operations20,943 25,237 
Acquisition costs592 708 
Net operating losses23,596 22,291 
IRC §163(j)12,753 7,480 
Credits713 422 
Charitable contributions149 98 
Other deferred tax assets172 215 
Total gross deferred tax assets59,909 57,610 
Valuation allowance(36,947)(27,339)
Net deferred tax assets22,962 30,271 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Plant and equipment, accelerated depreciation(6,957)(13,984)
Intangibles(66,556)(71,883)
Investment in UBH, nonreversing(63,900)(68,957)
Other deferred tax liabilities(239)(249)
Total deferred tax liabilities(137,652)(155,073)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(114,690)$(124,802)
The U.S. federal government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) on March 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 on December 27, 2020, and the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 on August 16, 2022, none of which had a material impact on our provision for no consideration on October 19, 2018. income taxes.
Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforward
As of December 31, 2018, there were 11,875,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding.

F-14
2023 and January 1, 2023, the Company and certain subsidiaries had federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $102.2 million and $93.6 million, respectively.Of these, $30.7 million will expire, if not utilized, by 2037.

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, the Company and certain subsidiaries also had state NOL carryforwards in the amount of $48.1 million and $45.9 million, respectively. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares onstate NOL carryforwards continue to expire in 2023, however, some state NOL's are able to be carried forward indefinitely.

As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, the first business day followingCompany and certain subsidiaries had federal tax credit carryforwards in the consummationamount of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, certain subsidiaries had nominal state tax credit carryforwards.
Utilization of some of the initialfederal and state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are subject to annual limitations due to the "change in ownership” provisions of the Code and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.
91



Valuation Allowance
The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $36.9 million and $27.3 million at December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company assessed the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether future taxable income would be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets ("DTA's”). As of December 31, 2023, a significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the three-year cumulative loss before taxes. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. The Company determined that there is uncertainty regarding the utilization of certain DTA's such as some of the investment in UBH, federal operating losses subject to annual limitations due to "change in ownership” provisions, and state net operating losses where the Company does not expect to continue to have nexus. Therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the DTA's for which it is more-likely-than-not they will not be realized. The Company has DTA’s related to its investment in the partnership that are expected to be realized in the ordinary course of operations or generate future net operating losses for which a portion will have an indefinite carryforward period. Additionally, the Company has deferred tax liabilities ("DTL’s”) related to its investment in the partnership that will not reverse in the ordinary course of business and will only reverse when the partnership is sold or liquidated. The Company has no intention of disposing of or liquidating the partnership and therefore has not considered the indefinite lived DTL as a source of income to offset other DTA’s. In weighing positive and negative evidence, both objective and subjective, including its three-year cumulative loss and the ability to offset DTA’s with definite lived DTL’s, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its DTA’s related to net operating losses and deductible book/tax differences and recorded a DTL primarily related to the book over tax basis in the investment in the partnership that will not reverse in the ordinary course of operations. The Company considered that an indefinite lived DTL may be considered as a source of taxable income for an indefinite lived DTA; however, given our indefinite lived DTL will only reverse upon sale or liquidation, the Company determined that it was more appropriate to record a valuation allowance against a portion of its DTA’s. The amount of DTA considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as projections for growth.
The net change in valuation allowance of $9.6 million was recorded as an increase to income tax expense for $6.4 million and an adjustment to equity for $3.2 million.
As of December 31, 2023, tax years 2020 through 2023 remain open and subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the majority of the states where the Company has nexus, and tax years 2019 through 2023 remain open and subject to examination in selected states that have a four year statute of limitations.
Upon audit, tax authorities may challenge all or part of a tax position. A tax position successfully challenged by a taxing authority could result in an adjustment to our provision for income taxes in the period in which a final determination is made. The Company did not maintain any unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023.
Tax receivable agreement liability
Pursuant to an election under section 754 of the Code, the Company obtained an increase in its share of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH when it was deemed to purchase UBH units from a third party then holding common and preferred interests of the Continuing Members and purchased UBH units from the Continuing Members per the Business Combination or earlier atAgreement. The Continuing Members have the option to exchange UBH units along with the forfeiture of a corresponding number of Class V Common Stock of the holder thereof,Company for UBI common stock post-Business Combination. The Company intends to treat any such exchanges as direct purchases for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which is expected to further increase its share of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH. The increases in tax basis may reduce the amounts the Company would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. They may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on a one-for-one basis. However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issuedfuture dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.
92



Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination (the “Tax Receivable Agreement” or “TRA”), which provides for the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued,payment by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummationof 85% of the initial Business Combination (including the Forward Purchase Shares, but not the Forward Purchase Warrants), excludingamount of any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any sellertax benefits realized as a result of (i) increases in the initialshare of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH resulting from the Business Combination and any future exchanges by the Continuing Members of UBH units for UBI common stock; (ii) tax basis increases attributable to payments made under the TRA; and (iii) tax amortization deductions attributable to the acquisition of Kennedy and the election to treat the transaction as an asset deal for tax purposes (the "TRA Payments"). The rights of each party under the TRA other than the Company are assignable, subject to certain restrictions. The timing and amount of aggregate payments due under the TRA may vary based on a number of factors, including the timing and amount of taxable income generated by the Company each year, as well as the tax rate then applicable, among other factors.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a TRA liability of $24.3 million, but it has a total liability of $38.5 million related to its projected obligations under the TRA. The total TRA liability includes $24.3 million that relates to payments that originated with the Business Combination and the acquisition of Kennedy and $14.2 million that relates to equity transactions that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2020 and third quarter of 2021. The Company recorded a partial valuation allowance on its DTA, that fully covers the tax basis that originated with the equity transactions that occured during the fourth quarter of 2020 and third quarter of 2021 as they are not more likely than not to be realized based on the positive and negative evidence that the Company considered. The Company has not recorded the $14.2 million of TRA liability that relates to the equity transactions that occured during the fourth quarter of 2020 and third quarter of 2021 as the liability is not probable under ASC 450 since the related DTA is not more likely than not to be realized as evidenced by the valuation allowance. The Company will continue to monitor positive and negative evidence to analyze its valuation allowance and it believes that sufficient positive evidence may arise to permit the release of a significant portion of its valuation allowance. If that were to occur, it would result in the need to record $14.2 million of additional TRA liability for the equity transactions that occured during the fourth quarter of 2020 and third quarter of 2021, which would result in a non-cash charge to pretax results.
16.LEASES
We determine if a contractual arrangement is a lease at inception. Our lease arrangements provide the Company the right to utilize certain specified tangible assets for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Our leases primarily relate to building space, vehicles, and equipment. Our leases generally have remaining terms ranging from one month to twelve years.
We separate lease components from vehicles leases and do not separate non-lease components from our building leases for the purposes of measuring our lease liabilities and assets. Our leases consist of operating leases which are presented within current accrued expenses and other, non-current accrued expenses and other, and finance leases are presented within current portion of other notes payable, and non-current portion of other notes payable on our consolidated balance sheets. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or lease are not recorded on the balance sheet.
We recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset at the lease commencement date based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term discounted using our incremental borrowing rate. As many of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.
We recognize operating lease expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease within operating expenses. Expenses associated with our finance leases consists of two components, including interest on our outstanding finance lease obligations and amortization of the related right-of-use assets. The interest component is recorded in interest expense and depreciation of the finance lease asset is recognized over a straight-line basis over the term of the lease within cost of goods sold, selling expenses, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Our leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Some of our leases include optional renewal periods or termination provisions which we assess at inception to determine the term of the lease, subject to reassessment in certain circumstances.
93



The following table presents lease expense we have recorded on our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023 and January 2, 2022:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Finance lease expense:
     Amortization of finance ROU asset$2,973 $2,585 $2,553 
     Interest of finance ROU asset550 318 254 
Total finance lease expense3,523 2,903 2,807 
Operating lease expense (1)
22,437 16,679 9,118 
Total lease expense$25,960 $19,582 $11,925 
(1) Included variable and short-term lease expense of $4.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $3.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023 and $2.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022.
Finance leases, net, are included in Property, Plant and Equipment, net as follows:
(in thousands)As of
December 31, 2023
As of
January 1, 2023
Leases$17,956 $16,340 
Less: accumulated depreciation8,007 5,571 
Leases, net$9,949 $10,769 
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023:
(in thousands)Operating LeasesFinance LeasesTotal
2024$17,630 $3,314 $20,944 
202515,500 2,761 18,261 
202612,940 2,465 15,405 
20279,061 1,937 10,998 
20285,008 752 5,760 
2029 and thereafter5,690 167 5,857 
Total undiscounted obligations65,829 11,396 77,225 
     Less imputed interest(6,909)(1,251)(8,160)
Present value of lease obligations$58,920 $10,145 $69,065 
94



The following table summarizes supplemental balance sheet information related to leases as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023:
As of December 31, 2023As of January 1, 2023
(in thousands, except lease term and discount rate)Operating LeasesFinance LeasesOperating LeasesFinance Leases
ROU asset, non-current(1)
$56,705 $9,949 $46,075 $10,769 
Lease liability, current$14,992 $2,808 $12,389 $2,839 
Lease liability, non-current43,928 7,337 35,331 8,156 
Total lease liabilities$58,920 $10,145 $47,720 $10,995 
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)4.43.94.84.4
Weighted average discount rate4.04 %5.80 %3.22 %4.43 %
(1) Finance ROU assets are reflected within property, plant, and equipment, net on our consolidated balance sheets and operating leases ROU assets are reflected within other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
The following table presents other information related to leases for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, January 1, 2023 and January 2, 2022 (in thousands):
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
     Operating cash flows from operating leases$16,717 $12,531 $8,755 
     Operating cash flows from finance leases$550 $318 $254 
     Financing cash flows from finance leases$2,973 $2,585 $2,741 
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases$26,315 $24,958 $11,412 
Finance leases$2,761 $6,379 $2,157 
17.WARRANTS
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company assumed 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants that were initially issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

Preferred Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred sharessimultaneously with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2018, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Public Warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of  (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each caseits initially public offering that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering theare exercisable for shares of UBI Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exerciseCommon Stock. The Private Placement Warrants have a term of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th) day after the closing of the initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completionand expire in August 2025. As of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, there were 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical toexercisable on a cashless basis, at the Public Warrants underlyingholder’s option, and are non-redeemable by the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemableCompany so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Initial Shareholdersinitial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

F-15

COLLIER CREEK HOLDINGS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company may call its warrants for redemption (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

·in whole and not in part;
·at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
·upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and
·if, and only if, the last reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

Additionally, commencing ninety days after the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem its outstanding warrants (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants) in whole and not in part, for the number of Class A ordinary shares determined by reference to the table set forth in the warrant agreement with respect to such warrants.

The Warrants are accounted for as derivative liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity ("ASC 815-40”), due to certain settlement provisions in the corresponding warrant agreement that do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Pursuant to ASC 815-40, the Warrants are classified as a liability at fair value on the Company’s prospectusConsolidated Balance Sheet, and the change in the fair value of such liability in each period is recognized as a non-cash gain or loss in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss). The Warrants are deemed equity instruments for income tax purposes, and accordingly, there is no tax accounting relating to changes in the fair value of the Warrants recognized.
95



The remeasurement of the warrant liability resulted in a gain of $2.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and $36.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022. Such gains are not attributable to the noncontrolling interest.
18.EQUITY
Class A Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 81,187,977 and 80,882,334 shares of UBI were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, respectively.
Class V Common Stock
The Company is also authorized to issue 61,249,000 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 all of which were issued to the Continuing Members in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. Each of the Continuing Members' common limited liability company units of UBH along with a share of Class V Common Stock may be exchanged for one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company upon certain restrictions being satisfied. As of both December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023 there was 59,349,000 shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding. On September 21, 2021, the Continuing Members exchanged 1,000,000 Common Company Units together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of Class V Common Stock for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Company did not receive any proceeds as a result of this exchange.
19.EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding and the effect of all dilutive common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive share-based awards outstanding. There is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company's net loss position. The potentially dilutive securities that would be anti-dilutive due to the Company's net loss are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to controlling interest. The anti-dilutive securities are included in the table below. Refer to Note 11. "Share-Based Compensation" for further information on the share-based awards considered in the diluted EPS computation.
96



The following tables reconcile the numerators and denominators used in the computations of both basic and diluted earnings per
share:
(in thousands, except share data)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Numerator:
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest$(24,937)$(392)$20,555 
Denominator:
Weighted average Class A Common Stock shares, basic81,081,458 80,093,094 76,677,981 
Dilutive securities included in diluted earnings per share calculation
Warrants— — 3,316,122 
RSUs— — 1,055,003 
PSUs— — 32,256 
Stock options— — 8,867 
Total dilutive weighted average shares81,081,458 80,093,094 81,090,229 
Basic earnings per share$(0.31)$— $0.26 
Diluted earnings per share$(0.31)$— $0.25 
Weighted average Class V Common Stock not subject to earnings per share calculation59,349,000 59,349,000 60,063,286 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest$15,095 $13,649 12,557 
The diluted earnings per share computation excludes the effect of certain RSUs and Options granted to directors and management which convert into, or are exercisable for, shares of Class A Common Stock upon vesting as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Anti-dilutive securities excluded from diluted earnings per share calculation:
(in thousands)For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2023For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2022
Warrants1,882,627 1,888,256 — 
RSUs271,330 83,261 — 
PSUs125,958 62,408 — 
Shares of the Company’s Class V Common Stock do not participate in earnings or losses of the Company and, therefore, are not participating securities. The PSUs, RSUs granted to our directors and certain employees in fiscal year 2020, and 2020 LTIP RSUs were not considered participating securities despite the holders of these stock-based compensation awards being entitled to participate in dividends declared on Class A Common Stock, if and when declared, on a one-to-one per-share basis, because the dividends are only payable upon full vesting of the awards, and as such, the dividend is forfeitable. At both December 31, 2023 and January 1, 2023, the Continuing Members held all 59,349,000 shares of Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding and also held an equal number of common limited liability company units of UBH, which comprise the noncontrolling interest. The net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest was $15.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, $13.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2023, and net loss attributable to non-controlling interest of $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, respectively.
97



20.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 5, 2024, the Company sold certain assets and brands to affiliates of Our Home™, an operating company of Better-for-You brands (“Our Home”). Under the agreement, affiliates of Our Home agreed to purchase the Good Health® and R.W. Garcia® brands, the Lincolnton, NC, and Lititz, PA manufacturing facilities and certain related assets, and assume the Company’s Las Vegas, NV facility lease and manufacturing operations.
In addition, the Company and Our Home will operate under a Transition Services Agreement for 12 months. The total consideration for the transactions is $182.5 million, subject to customary adjustments. In addition, post-closing, the parties will operate under reciprocal co-manufacturing agreements under which Our Home will co-manufacture certain of the Company's products and the Company will co-manufacture certain Good Health® products. Certain Good Health® products will continue to be distributed and sold on the Company's DSD network for Our Home. At this time, the Company cannot estimate the impact of this transaction on its consolidated financial statements.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15e) of the Exchange Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that information relating to the Initial Public Offering basedCompany is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on that evaluation, the redemption dateChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a level of reasonable assurance.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the “fair market value”preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Class A ordinary shares, upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption and if, and only if, the last sale priceassets of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted per share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizationsCompany; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on whichthat receipts and expenditures of the Company sends the noticeare being made only in accordance with authorizations of redemption to the Public Warrant holders. The “fair market value”management and directors of the Class A ordinary shares is the average last reported sale priceCompany; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the noticeunauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share capitalization, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants shares. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

NOTE 7.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are measured at fair valuesubject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on a recurring basiscriteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018 and indicates the fair value hierarchy2023. The effectiveness of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

  Quoted Prices  Significant Other  Significant Other 
  in Active Markets  Observable Inputs  Unobservable Inputs 
Description (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
Money market funds $442,048,296  $-  $- 

None of the balance in the Trust Account was held in cashCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.

NOTE 8.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

2023 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

98



Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no other change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
During the three months ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Company evaluated subsequent eventsadopted or terminated a ‘Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement’ or ‘non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,’ as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable
99



PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and transactions that occurredCorporate Governance
The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers and directors is provided below. Other information required by this item will be set forth in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2024 Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Executive Officers of Utz Brands, Inc.” “Corporate Governance” and "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” to be filed within 120 days after the balance sheet date upend of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference to the date financial statements were availableour 2024 Proxy Statement, which is to be issued. Based uponfiled within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this review,Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The information regarding executive officers of the Company didrequired by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Executive Officersof Utz Brands, Inc.” which information is incorporated herein by reference
The information required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K concerning the directors and nominees for director of the Company, together with a discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led the Board to conclude that the director or nominee should serve as a director at this time, will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding the identification of the Audit Committee as a separately-designated standing committee of the Board and information regarding the status of one or more members of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled "Committees and Meetings of the Board – Board Committees,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding our Business Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and associates will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the Section entitled “Corporate Governance―Corporate Governance Policies―Code of Ethics,”) which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information concerning executive compensation will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled, “Executive and Director Compensation,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information concerning ownership of our voting securities by certain beneficial owners, individual nominees for director, the named executive officers, including persons serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and directors and executive officers as a group, will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding all of the Company’s equity compensation plans will be located in our 2024 Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation ―Equity Compensation Plan Information,” which information is incorporated herein by reference to our 2024 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this Item 13 will be included under the heading "Related Party Transactions - Transactions with Related Persons” and "Corporate Governance - Director Independence" in our 2024 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information required by this Item 14 will be included under the heading "Audit, Audit-Related, Tax and All Other Fees” in our 2024 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Part IV
100



Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Documents filed as part of the report
1.Financial Statements
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Utz Brands, Inc. and the Reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
2.     Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustmentunder the related instruction or disclosureis not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.













101



3.     Exhibits
The exhibits to this report are listed in the exhibit index below.
(b) Exhibits
The following exhibits are being filed herewith:
F-16
Exhibit
NumberExhibit Description

102




103



101.INS*XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*Filed herewith
**Furnished herewith
+Indicates a management or compensatory plan.
Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the SEC upon request.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
104



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Date: February 29, 2024                    UTZ BRANDS, INC.
By:     /s/ Ajay Kataria
Name: Ajay Kataria
Title:Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Howard Friedman, Ajay Kataria, and Theresa Shea, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
105



SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Howard FriedmanDirector and Chief Executive OfficerFebruary 29, 2024
Howard Friedman(Principal Executive Officer)Date
/s/ Ajay KatariaExecutive Vice President, Chief Financial OfficerFebruary 29, 2024
Ajay Kataria(Principal Financial Officer & Principal Accounting Officer)Date
/s/ Dylan B. LissetteChairman; DirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Dylan B. LissetteDate
/s/ Roger K. DeromediLead Independent DirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Roger K. DeromediDate
/s/ Michael W. RiceDirector; Chairman Emeritus; Special AdviserFebruary 29, 2024
Michael W. RiceDate


/s/ Craig D. SteeneckDirector; Chair, Audit CommitteeFebruary 29, 2024
Craig D. SteeneckDate
/s/ John W. AltmeyerDirector; Chair, Nominating and Corporate Governance CommitteeFebruary 29, 2024
John W. AltmeyerDate
/s/ Timothy P. BrownDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Timothy P. BrownDate
/s/ Christine ChoiDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Christine ChoiDate
/s/ Antonio F. FernandezDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Antonio F. FernandezDate
/s/ Jason K. GiordanoDirector; Chair, Compensation CommitteeFebruary 29, 2024
Jason K. GiordanoDate
/s/ B. John LindemanDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
B. John LindemanDate
/s/ Pamela StewartDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Pamela StewartDate


106